Windows Hardware Certification Requirements for Client and Server Systems
Change history for Windows Hardware Certification Requirements for Windows 8 Client and Server Certified Systems:
|
Date |
Changes |
|
September 18, 2012 |
|
|
July 2, 2012 |
The following requirements are removed from this document and are instead available in a separate document provided to partners who are building Windows RT systems.
|
|
May 9, 2012 |
|
|
December 16, 2011 |
|
Introduction
This document contains the Windows Hardware Certification Requirements for Windows 8 Client and Server Certified Systems. These requirements are the Microsoft guidelines for designing systems which successfully meet Windows performance, quality, and feature criteria, to assure the optimum Windows 8 computing experience. Successfully following this guidance allows a partner to receive certification for their system.
The requirements are organized by feature using a Camel Case naming convention, which facilitates grouping related requirements and communicating their relationship to the Windows feature they are intended to support. Tests assessing compliance with the features are exposed during testing with the Hardware Certification Kit and can be related directly back to these requirements.
Some requirements have passed forward from Logo requirements for earlier Windows versions which used a category based structure. We have included the older LogoPoint ID in the comments section for your convenience.
Certified Devices in Systems
A Windows Certified System is composed of Windows certified components. These internal devices are certified before system integration, leaving the focus of system testing on those features which require the coordination of multiple components or configuration settings unique to the system under test. At the system certification level, if the system includes a device or component, then all the requirements associated with that device as exposed to Windows must be met. We encourage a review of the requirements for each system component incorporated into the design of a system.
Optional Features and "If Implemented" Requirements
The Windows Hardware Certification Kit (Windows HCK) automatically detects all features implemented in a product. When the detected features include all required features needed to define a product type, then the product is certifiable for that product type.
Beyond the minimum list of features and their underlying requirements for a given product type, if additional functionality is implemented in the system design then the Windows HCK identifies those additional features and tests them for compliance with the corresponding requirements. Because these optional requirements apply only if the optional features are implemented, these requirements are identified as "If Implemented" in this document. If an optional feature is exposed, the associated "If implemented" requirements must be met for the system to be successfully certified.
Features
System.Client.Aero
Description
Desktop Windows Manager (DWM) is the desktop graphical user interface system that enables the Windows Aero user interface and visual theme. This feature is required to be enabled for all Windows 7 systems, but the memory bandwidth requirement applies to certain form factors.
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.Aero.SystemsStartAeroTheme
System.Client.Aero.SystemsStartAeroTheme
Target Feature: System.Client.Aero
Title: Systems are capable of starting the Aero theme
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
Description
All Windows systems must be capable of starting the Aero theme, by meeting the following requirements. All Windows systems must enable the Aero theme by default when running with a version of Windows that includes Aero.
Requirements
-
All video hardware in all system form factors must support a minimum 32 bpp.
-
All systems must meet the following DirectX requirements:
-
All Windows 7 systems are required to either support the D3De9X interface and be Direct3D 9.x compliant, OR support Direct3D 10 or greater.
-
All Windows 7 systems except ultra-mobile form factor PCs are required to include graphics hardware that supports Direct3D 10 or greater.
-
All Windows 7 ultra-mobile form factor PCs are required to either support the D3De9X interface and be Direct3D 9.x compliant, or support Direct3D 10 or greater.
-
All Windows 7 systems are required to either support the D3De9X interface and be Direct3D 9.x compliant, OR support Direct3D 10 or greater.
-
All systems must meet the following minimum video memory size requirements.
-
For desktop that ship with a monitor and have one video port connector, all-in-one systems that do not have a video port for a second monitor, and for all mobile and ultra mobile systems, the following amount of total graphics memory (either discrete and/or total non-local) is required for specified monitor resolutions. Monitor resolutions are expressed as total pixels (X dimension multiplied by Y dimension):
-
Resolution less than 1,310,720 (1280x1024) pixels include 64MB.
-
Resolutions equal to or greater than 1,310,720 (1280x1024) pixels and equal to or less than 2,304,000 (1920x1200) pixels include 128MB.
-
Resolutions greater than 2,304,000 (1920x1200) pixels include 256MB.
-
Resolution less than 1,310,720 (1280x1024) pixels include 64MB.
-
For desktop systems that do not ship with a monitor, a minimum of 128MB of total graphics memory (either discrete and/or total non-local) memory is required.
-
For all dual monitor capable desktop systems that ship with a monitor (systems with two physical and operational monitor connections)
-
Resolution less than 2,621,440 (1280x1024 by 2) pixels includes 128MB.
-
Resolutions equal to or greater than 2,621,440 (1280x1024 by 2) pixels includes 256MB.
-
Resolution less than 2,621,440 (1280x1024 by 2) pixels includes 128MB.
-
For dual monitor capable desktop systems that do not ship with a monitor, 256MB of total graphics memory (either discrete and/or total non-local) memory is required.
-
Mobile and ultra mobile systems with dual monitor capabilities are excluded from the dual monitor desktop requirements and are treated as single monitor systems. This is due to the different usage models and that external monitor ports are often used in mirroring or "duplicate" mode.
-
For desktop that ship with a monitor and have one video port connector, all-in-one systems that do not have a video port for a second monitor, and for all mobile and ultra mobile systems, the following amount of total graphics memory (either discrete and/or total non-local) is required for specified monitor resolutions. Monitor resolutions are expressed as total pixels (X dimension multiplied by Y dimension):
-
Systems must meet the following minimum video memory performance requirements, as measured by WinSAT:
-
Desktop systems must have a measured memory bandwidth of 1,600 megabytes per second (MB/s) at a monitor resolution of 1,310,720 (equivalent to 1280x1024).
-
Mobile systems and all-in-one designs must achieve a measured bandwidth of 1,600 megabytes per second (MB/s) measured at the native resolution of the shipping panel.
-
Ultra mobile systems have no minimum video memory performance requirement.
-
Desktop systems must have a measured memory bandwidth of 1,600 megabytes per second (MB/s) at a monitor resolution of 1,310,720 (equivalent to 1280x1024).
Design Notes
Memory requirements described here are for usable or active connectors. Microsoft does not recommend supporting fewer active connections than available connectors on a given system as this causes failed expectations and poor user experience. If a system supports m connectors, but limits the number of active connections to n (where n < m), then memory requirements are applicable for n connectors as long as there is no way for a user to activate greater than n connections at any time.
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
This is required for supporting the Desktop Windows Manager and enabling Aero. |
|
Scenarios: |
Enables Aero and Desktop Windows Manager |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2007 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0046 |
System.Client.BluetoothController.Base
Description
These requirements apply to systems that have generic Bluetooth controllers.
Related Requirements:
-
System.Client.BluetoothController.Base.4LeSpecification
-
System.Client.BluetoothController.Base.SC
-
System.Client.BluetoothController.Base.SystemsWithBluetoothImplementDeviceID
System.Client.BluetoothController.Base.4LeSpecification
Target Feature: System.Client.BluetoothController.Base
Title: If a system includes a Bluetooth controller it must support the Bluetooth 4.0 specification requirements.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows RT
Description
The Bluetooth controller must comply with the Basic Rate (BR) and Low Energy (LE) Combined Core Configuration Controller Parts and Host/Controller Interface (HCI) Core Configuration requirements outlined in the Compliance Bluetooth Version 4.0 specifications.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Not Specified |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
BUSPORT-8002 |
System.Client.BluetoothController.Base.CS
Target Feature: System.Client.BluetoothController.Base
Title: Systems that support Connected Standby with Bluetooth controllers must ship with The Microsoft inbox Bluetooth stack.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Systems that support Connected Standby that ship with Bluetooth controllers must ship with The Microsoft inbox Bluetooth stack.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This ensures good Windows user experience for connected standby platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Systems that support connected standby. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
New |
System.Client.BluetoothController.Base.SystemsWithBluetoothImplementDeviceID
Target Feature: System.Client.BluetoothController.Base
Title: Systems which support Bluetooth must implement the DeviceID profile, version 1.43
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Systems which support Bluetooth must include the Device ID record as specified in the DeviceID profile, version 1.43. This record shall contain the device's VID/PID.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
The expectation is that when connecting a PC to another PC over Bluetooth, the system can be identified by its VID/PID. |
|
Scenarios: |
Great with devices, the user can easily see, configure and use all devices from one place. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8011 |
System.Client.BluetoothController.NonUSB
Description
These requirements apply to systems that have non-USB Bluetooth controllers.
Related Requirements:
-
System.Client.BluetoothController.NonUSB.NonUsbUsesMicrosoftsStack
-
System.Client.BluetoothController.NonUSB.ScoSupport
System.Client.BluetoothController.NonUSB.NonUsbUsesMicrosoftsStack
Target Feature: System.Client.BluetoothController.NonUSB
Title: Any platform using a non-USB connected Bluetooth controller must ship with The Microsoft inbox Bluetooth stack.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Any platform using a non-USB connected Bluetooth controller must ship with The Microsoft inbox Bluetooth stack.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This ensures a good Windows user experience. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
New |
System.Client.BluetoothController.NonUSB.ScoSupport
Target Feature: System.Client.BluetoothController.NonUSB
Title: Any platform with a non-USB connected Bluetooth controller must use a sideband channel for SCO.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Any platform using a Non-USB connected Bluetooth controller must use sideband channel for SCO (for example, SCO over an I2S/PCM interface).
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This ensures a good Windows audio user experience. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
New |
System.Client.BrightnessControls
Description
This section describes requirements systems with brightness controls.
Related Requirements:
-
System.Client.BrightnessControls.BacklightOptimization
-
System.Client.BrightnessControls.BrightnessControlButtons
-
System.Client.BrightnessControls.SmoothBrightness
System.Client.BrightnessControls.BacklightOptimization
Target Feature: System.Client.BrightnessControls
Title: WDDM 1.2 drivers must enable scenario based backlight power optimization to reduce backlight level used by integrated panel.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
-
If WDDM driver supports scenario based backlight power optimization, it must indicate the support by implementing the DXGK_BRIGHTNESS_INTERFACE2 interface.
-
When Windows sets the current scenario by using the DxgkDdiSetBacklightOptimization function, the WDDM driver is required to honor the intent of the scenario as follows:
-
DxgkBacklightOptimizationDisable: Driver is required to completely disable all backlight optimization.
-
DxgkBacklightOptimizationDesktop: Driver is required to enable backlight optimization at a lower aggressiveness level. Driver must optimize for scenarios like photo viewing, browser, and Office documents.
-
DxgkBacklightOptimizationDynamic: Driver is required to enable backlight optimization at a higher aggressiveness level. Driver must optimize for scenarios like video playback and gaming.
-
DxgkBacklightOptimizationDimmed: Driver is required to enable backlight optimization at a higher aggressiveness level. Driver must make sure that the content on the screen is visible but it need not be easily readable.
-
DxgkBacklightOptimizationDisable: Driver is required to completely disable all backlight optimization.
-
Driver is allowed to dynamically change the aggressiveness level based on the content on the screen.
-
Driver is required to handle Windows requests for change to brightness level (based on user input or ambient light sensor) while keeping backlight optimization enabled.
-
Driver is required to gradually transition between aggressiveness levels.
-
This is important in the case when user briefly invokes playback controls. At that time, Windows resets the scenario from DxgkBacklightOptimizationDynamic to DxgkBacklightOptimizationDesktop. The transition must not be a step but must be gradual.
-
This is important in the case when user briefly invokes playback controls. At that time, Windows resets the scenario from DxgkBacklightOptimizationDynamic to DxgkBacklightOptimizationDesktop. The transition must not be a step but must be gradual.
-
WDDM driver is required to provide accurate information when Windows queries DxgkDdiGetBacklightReduction
-
Connecting additional display devices to the system must not impact the ability to perform backlight optimization on the integrated panel of the system.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Windows 8 is optimized for thin and light, touch based tablet devices. One of the key attributes of such a device is a long battery life. On a device like this, one of the largest consumers of power is the display backlight. The amount of power consumed is directly proportional to the brightness level produced by the backlight. The Windows hardware ecosystem has innovated in this area and designed algorithms to consume less battery power by optimizing the backlight level in certain scenarios without having a significant negative impact on the user experience. This can be achieved by enhancing the colors of individual pixels to compensate for the lower backlight level of the display. There are some scenarios where such an optimization can be enabled without having a significant negative impact on the user experience. The key characteristics of such a scenario are a series of rapidly changing frames. This is typically seen in scenarios like video playback. Other possibilities are game play. However, there is one challenge with this. Windows 8 has been designed to provide a visually rich user experience. Enabling a power saving optimization like this during a scenario that requires a rich visual experience could have an undesired impact on the user experience. In particular there are some scenarios which require the best visual experience. For example, image viewing, Start page, or graphics design. So this means that we must establish a scenario based policy on whether or not to enable such optimizations. The policy must balance the rich visual experience against the desired battery life. This is called scenario based backlight power optimization. This feature allows a graphics vendor to enable such optimization at the right times and save batter power, without having significant impact on the user experience. |
|
Scenarios: |
Full Screen Video playback Application. User launches a video playback application. For example, Zune Video application. User selects a video and starts playback in full-screen mode. Windows detects this case and enables backlight power optimization. Full Screen Video Playback from Internet Browser. User launches the browser. User navigates to a website that uses the HTML 5 video tag. User selects a video and starts playback in full-screen mode. Windows detects this case and enables backlight power optimization. AC power. User connects the Windows device to the AC mains power supply. Windows detects this case and disables backlight power optimization. Auto Screen Dimming. User leaves the device idle with no input via touch, mouse, or keyboard. There is no application running that keeps screen enabled. Windows will "auto dim" the display after the configured timeout. Windows detects this case and enables backlight power optimization. Desktop mode. User is actively using the Windows device. User is not playing any full-screen video. Windows detects this case and enables the default backlight power optimization. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.BrightnessControls.BrightnessControlButtons
Target Feature: System.Client.BrightnessControls
Title: Mobile systems that have brightness control function keys use standard Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) events and support control of LCD backlight brightness using ACPI methods in the system firmware.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
The Windows Mobility Center provides users with an LCD brightness control user interface. If the system implements keys that are invisible to the operating system, these keys must use Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) methods. These keys must not directly control the brightness after Bit 2 of the _DOS method has been set. This requires the implementation of ACPI brightness methods in the system firmware.
The following methods are required:
-
_BCL
-
_BCM
Bit 2 of the _DOS method must be disabled so that the system firmware cannot change the brightness levels automatically.
The following methods are optional:
Support for the _BQC method is highly recommended but not required. Systems must map keys to the following ACPI notification values:
-
ACPI_NOTIFY_CYCLE_BRIGHTNESS_HOTKEY 0x85
-
ACPI_NOTIFY_INC_BRIGHTNESS_HOTKEY 0x86
-
ACPI_NOTIFY_DEC_BRIGHTNESS_HOTKEY 0x87
-
ACPI_NOTIFY_ZERO_BRIGHTNESS_HOTKEY 0x88
Design Notes
The _BCL and _BCM methods in the firmware enable the operating system to query the brightness range and values and to set new values. Refer to the ACPI 3.0 specification for more details.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
The brightness control slider updates when the end user changes the screen brightness with hardware key buttons. |
|
Scenarios: |
Change brightness of the monitor. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 7 RC |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0183 |
System.Client.BrightnessControls.SmoothBrightness
Target Feature: System.Client.BrightnessControls
Title: Driver must support a smooth transition in response to all brightness change requests from Windows
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
-
All Windows 8 systems that support brightness control are required to support smooth brightness control.
-
All Windows 8 systems are required to report 101 brightness levels to Windows. Brightness is reported as a percentage, so this means 0 to 100 levels, including 0 and 100. Internally the driver might support more precise brightness control.
-
This is to ensure that Windows has the ability to make fine grained changes to the screen brightness. However, the brightness slider UI might expose fewer levels through the slider because it might be cumbersome for the user to adjust so many levels.
-
This is to ensure that Windows has the ability to make fine grained changes to the screen brightness. However, the brightness slider UI might expose fewer levels through the slider because it might be cumbersome for the user to adjust so many levels.
-
WDDM driver is required to implement smooth brightness control in the driver without depending on the embedded controller (EC) for the smoothness.
-
WDDM driver is required to indicate support for smooth brightness control using the capability bit defined in the DXGK_BRIGHTNESS_INTERFACE2 interface.
-
WDDM driver must enable/disable smooth brightness control based on state set using DxgkDdiSetBrightnessState.
-
When Windows requests a change to brightness, driver is required to gradually change the brightness level over time so that the change is not a step.
-
WDDM driver is allowed to select an appropriate slope for transition. However, the transition must complete in less than 500 ms.
-
WDDM driver is allowed to alter the slope based on panel characteristics to ensure smoothness of brightness control.
-
WDDM driver is required to start responding immediately to new brightness level requests. This must be honored even if the system is already in the process of an existing transition. At such a time, the system must stop the existing transition at the current level and start the new transition from the current position. This ensures that when a user is using the slider to manually adjust the brightness, the brightness control is still responsive and not sluggish.
-
WDDM driver is required to continue supporting smooth brightness control, even if content based adaptive brightness optimization is currently in effect.
-
When WDDM driver is pnp started, it must detect the brightness level applied by the firmware and smoothly transition from that level to the level set by Windows.
-
Connecting additional display devices to the system must not impact the ability to do smooth brightness control on the integrated panel of the system.
-
Brightness levels are represented as a % in Windows. Therefore there is no absolute mapping between brightness % level and physical brightness level. For Windows 8, the following is the guidance.
|
Percent represented to Windows |
User experience |
|
0% |
Brightness level such that the contents of the screen are barely visible to the user |
|
100% |
Max brightness supported by panel |
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Windows 8 is designed to provide a fluid user experience. There are many scenarios in which the brightness level of the display is changed. This could be based on user input, user action or based on some sensors. In all these cases, a sudden change to the brightness level is jarring. Therefore it is valuable to provide a smooth brightness transition to ensure a good user experience. |
|
Scenarios: |
Automatic Brightness control using the Ambient Light sensor User purchases a Tablet or Convertible Windows 8 PC. The PC includes an Ambient Light Sensor (ALS). User adjusts the screen brightness to his preference using the Brightness controls provided in Windows or the OEM provided hot key. Windows determines the "effective screen brightness" based on ambient light level and user setting. Windows now maintains this "effective screen brightness". User moves to an environment that has a different ambient light level. Windows detects the difference in the ambient light level and determines the ideal screen brightness level to maintain the "effective screen brightness". The screen brightness is gradually transitioned to the new brightness level such that the changes are subtle. Brightness slider There are 3 ways in Windows that a user can manually adjust the screen brightness using a slider: from the Charms bar, Mobility Center, and Power Settings. User manually adjusts the screen brightness. The brightness change is responsive and smooth. The user has fine control over the screen brightness. The brightness transitions smoothly instead of steps. Brightness hot key Most PCs running Windows also provide a physical key for brightness control. For example: Fn + F4. Using this key should provide the same experience as using one of the sliders provided by Windows. Typically such a key press changes the brightness level by 5%. Brightness level set at Power up Sequence User powers on a PC. By default the system firmware applies some brightness level during the Pre-OS environment. Windows start up detects the brightness level preference of the user and applies it. The brightness level changes smoothly from the default set by the firmware to the preference set by the user Auto Screen Dimming. User leaves the device idle with no input by touch, mouse or keyboard. There is no application running that keeps screen enabled. Windows will "auto dim" the display after the configured timeout. The brightness transitions smoothly instead of steps. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.Digitizer.Base
Description
Base feature for digitizer
Related Requirements:
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Base.DigitizersAppearAsHID
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Base.HighQualityDigitizerInput
System.Client.Digitizer.Base.DigitizersAppearAsHID
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Base
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.DigitizersAppearAsHID
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Base.DigitizersAppearAsHID
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Base.DigitizersAppearAsHID |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.Digitizer.Base.HighQualityDigitizerInput
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Base
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Base.HighQualityDigitizerInput
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Base.HighQualityDigitizerInput.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Base.HighQualityDigitizerInput |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
INPUT-0001v5 |
System.Client.Digitizer.Pen
Description
Pen feature for digitizer.
Related Requirements:
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Pen.100HzSampleRate
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Pen.ContactAccuracy
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Pen.HoverAccuracy
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Pen.PenRange
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Pen.PenResolution
System.Client.Digitizer.Pen.100HzSampleRate
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Pen
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.100HzSampleRate
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.100HzSampleRate.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.100HzSampleRate |
|
Scenarios: |
Pen |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Port of Windows 7 pen requirement |
System.Client.Digitizer.Pen.ContactAccuracy
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Pen
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.ContactAccuracy
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.ContactAccuracy.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.ContactAccuracy |
|
Scenarios: |
Pen |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Port of Windows 7 pen requirement |
System.Client.Digitizer.Pen.HoverAccuracy
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Pen
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.HoverAccuracy
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.HoverAccuracy.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.HoverAccuracy |
|
Scenarios: |
Pen |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Port of Windows 7 pen requirement |
System.Client.Digitizer.Pen.PenRange
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Pen
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.PenRange
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.PenRange.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.PenRange |
|
Scenarios: |
Pen |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Touch 15 |
System.Client.Digitizer.Pen.PenResolution
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Pen
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.PenResolution
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.PenResolution.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Pen.PenResolution |
|
Scenarios: |
Pen |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Port of Windows 7 pen requirement |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Description
Windows Touch interface for digitizer devices.
Related Requirements:
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.5TouchPointMinimum
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.Bezel
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.DigitizerConnectsOverUSBOrI2C
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.DigitizerJitter
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.ExtraInputBehavior
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.FieldFirmwareUpdatable
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.HIDCompliantFirmware
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.HighQualityTouchDigitizerInput
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.HighResolutionTimeStamp
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.InputSeparation
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.NoiseSuppression
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.PhysicalDimension
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.PhysicalInputPosition
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.PowerStates
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.ReportingRate
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.ResponseLatency
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.TouchResolution
-
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.ZAxisAllowance
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.5TouchPointMinimum
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.5TouchPointMinimum
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.5TouchPointMinimum.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.5TouchPointMinimum |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Touch 1 |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.Bezel
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.Bezel
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.Bezel.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.Bezel |
|
Scenarios: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.Bezel |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.DigitizerConnectsOverUSBOrI2C
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.DigitizerConnectsOverUSBOrI2C.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.DigitizerConnectsOverUSBOrI2C.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.DigitizerConnectsOverUSBOrI2C |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Touch 3; Update |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.DigitizerJitter
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.DigitizerJitter.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.DigitizerJitter.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.DigitizerJitter |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Touch 7 |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.ExtraInputBehavior
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.ExtraInputBehavior.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.ExtraInputBehavior.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.ExtraInputBehavior |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Touch 4; Updated |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.FieldFirmwareUpdatable
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.FieldFirmwareUpdatable
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.FieldFirmwareUpdatable
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.FieldFirmwareUpdatable |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
New |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.HIDCompliantFirmware
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.HIDCompliantFirmware
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.HIDCompliantFirmware
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.HIDCompliantFirmware |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Touch 13; Update |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.HighQualityTouchDigitizerInput
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.HighQualityTouchDigitizerInput
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.HighQualityTouchDigitizerInput
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.HighQualityTouchDigitizerInput |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
INPUT-0046v8 |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.HighResolutionTimeStamp
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.HighResolutionTimeStamp
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.HighResolutionTimeStamp
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.HighResolutionTimeStamp |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
New |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.InputSeparation
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.InputSeparation
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.InputSeparation
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.InputSeparation |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Touch 10; Updated |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.NoiseSuppression
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.NoiseSuppression
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.NoiseSuppression
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.NoiseSuppression |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Touch 8 |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.PhysicalDimension
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.PhysicalDimension
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.PhysicalDimension
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.PhysicalDimension |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Touch 16; Updated |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.PhysicalInputPosition
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.PhysicalInputPosition
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.PhysicalInputPosition
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.PhysicalInputPosition |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Touch 14; Update |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.PowerStates
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.PowerStates
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.PowerStates
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.PowerStates |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Touch 12; Update |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.ReportingRate
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.ReportingRate
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.ReportingRate
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.ReportingRate |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Touch 9 |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.ResponseLatency
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touc
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.ResponseLatency
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.ResponseLatency
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.ResponseLatency |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Touch 11; Updated |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.TouchResolution
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.TouchResolution
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.TouchResolution
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.TouchResolution |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Touch 6 |
System.Client.Digitizer.Touch.ZAxisAllowance
Target Feature: System.Client.Digitizer.Touch
Title: Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.ZAxisAllowance
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.ZAxisAllowance
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Please refer to Device.Digitizer.Touch.ZAxisAllowance |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
New |
System.Client.Firewall
Description: The requirements in this section describe what is required.
Related Requirements:
-
System.Client.Firewall.FirewallEnabled
System.Client.Firewall.FirewallEnabled
Target Feature: System.Client.Firewall
Title: Systems enable a firewall solution by default
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
All systems must test and ship with firewall software solution enabled by default.
Design Notes
The firewall can either be the inbox solution found under Security Center or a third party equivalent.
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
End users have an expectation their systems are secure out of the box. The inbox Windows Firewall must be enabled if there is no other firewall applications installed on the system. |
|
Scenarios: |
Having a firewall enable provides a layer of protection for the end user. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 7 RC |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0204 |
System.Client.Firmware.UEFI.GOP
Description: This section describes requirements for systems implementing UEFI firmware.
Related Requirements:
-
System.Client.Firmware.UEFI.GOP.Display
System.Client.Firmware.UEFI.GOP.Display
Target Feature: System.Client.Firmware.UEFI.GOP
Title: System firmware must support GOP and Windows display requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Every firmware on a Windows 8 system must support the Graphics Output Protocol (GOP) as defined in UEFI 2.3.1.
The display is controlled by the system UEFI before the WDDM graphics driver takes over. GOP must be available when the Windows EFI boot manager loads. VBIOS is not supported. It is also required for prior UI, such as OEM logo, firmware setup, or password prompt screens to enable GOP. During this time when the firmware is in control, the following are the requirements:
Topology Selection
-
UEFI must reliably detect all the displays that are connected to the POST adapter. The Pre-OS screen can only be displayed on a display connected to the POST adapter.
-
In case multiple displays are detected, UEFI must display the Pre-OS screen based on the following logic:
-
System with an Integrated display(Laptop, All In One, Tablet): UEFI must display the Pre-OS screen only on the integrated display.
-
System without an integrated display (integrated display is shut or desktop system): UEFI must display the Pre-OS screen on one display. UEFI must select the display by prioritizing the displays based on connector type. The prioritization is as follows: DisplayPort, HDMI, DVI, HD15, Component, S-Video. If there are multiple monitors connected using the same connector type, the firmware can select which one to use.
-
System with an Integrated display(Laptop, All In One, Tablet): UEFI must display the Pre-OS screen only on the integrated display.
Mode Selection
-
Once UEFI has determined which display to enabled to display the Pre-OS screen, it must select the mode to apply based on the following logic:
-
System with an Integrated display (laptop, all-in-one, tablet): The display must always be set to its native resolution and native timing.
-
System without an Integrated display (desktop):
-
UEFI must attempt to set the native resolution and timing of the display by obtaining it from the EDID.
-
If that is not supported, UEFI must select an alternate mode that matches the same aspect ratio as the native resolution of the display.
-
At the minimum, UEFI must set a mode of 1024 x 768
-
If the display device does not provide an EDID, UEFI must set a mode of 1024 x 768
-
UEFI must attempt to set the native resolution and timing of the display by obtaining it from the EDID.
-
The firmware must always use a 32-bit linear frame buffer to display the Pre-OS screen
-
PixelsPerScanLine must be equal to the HorizontalResolution.
-
PixelFormat must be PixelBlueGreenRedReserved8BitPerColor. Note that a physical frame buffer is required; PixelBltOnly is not supported.
-
System with an Integrated display (laptop, all-in-one, tablet): The display must always be set to its native resolution and native timing.
Mode Pruning
-
UEFI must prune the list of available modes in accordance with the requirements called out in EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.QueryMode() (as specified in the UEFI specification version 2.1).
Providing the EDID
-
Once the UEFI has set a mode on the appropriate display (based on Topology Selection), UEFI must obtain the EDID of the display and pass it to Windows when Windows uses the EFI_EDID_DISCOVERED_PROTOCOL (as specified in the UEFI specification version 2.1 ) to query for the EDID.
-
It is possible that some integrated panels might not have an EDID in the display panel itself. In this case, UEFI must manufacture the EDID. The EDID must accurately specify the native timing and the physical dimensions of the integrated panel.
-
If the display is not integrated and does not have an EDID, then the UEFI does not need to manufacture an EDID.
-
It is possible that some integrated panels might not have an EDID in the display panel itself. In this case, UEFI must manufacture the EDID. The EDID must accurately specify the native timing and the physical dimensions of the integrated panel.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Modern boot experience requires a pre-boot environment which is both fast and visually appealing. The system UEFI controls the display before Windows takes over the control. This means that the screen controlled by the firmware is the first thing that the user sees. Therefore, it is very important that the user has a great user experience at this stage. Some of the key goals are:
Providing the EDID to Windows is important so that Windows can determine the physical dimensions of the display. Windows automatically scales its UI to be large on high DPI displays so that the text is large enough for the user to see. |
|
Scenarios: |
|
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8108 For client systems BIOS mode is only allowed for systems that ship with 32-bit Windows. This allows OEMs to maintain one firmware image for both 64-bit and 32-bit deployments. All systems must be UEFI mode capable and also pass 64-bit UEFI logo requirements. |
System.Client.Graphics
Description: This section describes requirements for graphics devices in client PC systems.
Related Requirements:
-
System.Client.Graphics.FullGPU
-
System.Client.Graphics.NoMoreThanOneInternalMonitor
-
System.Client.Graphics.WDDM
-
System.Client.Graphics.WDDMSupportRotatedModes
-
System.Client.Graphics.Windows7.MinimumDirectXLevel
System.Client.Graphics.FullGPU
Target Feature: System.Client.Graphics
Title: A Windows client system must have a "Full" graphics device and that device must be the post device.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
WDDM 1.2 introduces multiple driver/device types: Full, Render only, and Display only. For a detailed description of each, refer to the WDDM 1.2 specification or the Windows 8 WDDM 1.2 requirement Device.Graphics.WDDM12.Base.
Each of these driver/device types are designed for specific scenarios and usage case. All client scenarios expect a "full" graphics device. Also many applications assume that the post device is the "best" graphics devices and use that device exclusively. For this reason, a Windows client system must have a "full" graphics driver/device that is capable of display, rendering, and video.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Not Specified |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
New; Sysfund-8501 |
System.Client.Graphics.NoMoreThanOneInternalMonitor
Target Feature: System.Client.Graphics
Title: Graphics driver must not enumerate more than one monitor as internal
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
The graphics driver must not enumerate more than one display target of the D3DKMDT_VOT_INTERNAL type on any adapter.
Design Notes
For more information, see the Graphics Guide for Windows 7 (http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/gg487344).
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Having two displays marked as internal is not supported. |
|
Scenarios: |
Being able to project the screen to an externally connected monitor. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8013 |
System.Client.Graphics.WDDM
Target Feature: System.Client.Graphics
Title: All Windows graphics drivers must be WDDM
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows RT
Description
The Windows Display Driver Model (WDDM) was introduced with Windows Vista as a replacement to the Windows XP Display Driver Model (XDDM). The WDDM architecture offers functionality to enable features such as desktop composition, enhanced fault Tolerance, video memory manager, scheduler, cross process sharing of D3D surfaces and so on. WDDM was specifically designed for modern graphics devices that are a minimum of Direct3D 10 Feature Level 9_3 with pixel shader 2.0 or better and have all the necessary hardware features to support the WDDM functionality of memory management, scheduling, and fault tolerance. WDDM for Windows Vista was referred to as "WDDM v1.0". WDDM 1.0 is required for Windows Vista.
Windows 7 made incremental changes to the driver model for supporting Windows 7 features and capabilities and is referred to as "WDDM v1.1" and is a strict superset of WDDM 1.0. WDDM v1.1 introduces support for D3D11, GDI hardware acceleration, Connecting and Configuring Displays, DXVA HD, and other features. WDDM 1.1 is required for Windows 7.
Windows 8 also introduces features and capabilities that require graphics driver changes. These incremental changes range from small changes such as smooth rotation, to large changes such as 3D stereo, and D3D11 video support. The WDDM driver model that provides these Windows 8 features is referred to as "WDDM v1.2". WDDM v1.2 is a superset of WDDM 1.1, and WDDM 1.0.
WDDM v1.2 is required by all systems shipped with Windows 8. WDDM 1.0 and WDDM 1.1 are only supported with legacy devices on legacy systems. The best experience and Windows 8 specific features are only enabled by a WDDM 1.2 driver. A WDDM driver that implements some WDDM 1.2 required features, but not all required features will fail to load on Windows 8.
For Windows 8, XDDM is officially retired and XDDM drivers no longer load on Windows 8 or Windows Server 2012.
Below is a summary these WDDM versions:
|
Operating System |
Driver Models Supported |
D3D versions supported |
Features enabled |
|
Windows Vista |
WDDM 1.0 XDDM on Server and limited UMPC |
D3D9, D3D10 |
Scheduling, Memory Management, Fault tolerance, D3D9 & 10 |
|
Windows Vista SP1 / Windows 7 client pack |
WDDM 1.05 XDDM on Server 2008 |
D3D9, D3D10, D3D10.1 |
+ BGRA support in D3D10, D3D 10.1 |
|
Windows 7 |
WDDM 1.1 XDDM on Server 2008 R2 |
D3D9, D3D10, D3D10.1, D3D11 |
GDI Hardware acceleration, Connecting and configuring Displays, DXVA HD, D3D11 |
|
Windows 8 |
WDDM 1.2 |
D3D9, D3D10, D3D10.1, D3D11, D3D11.1 |
Smooth rotation, 3D stereo, D3D11 Video, GPU preemption, TDR improvements, diagnostic improvements, performance and memory usage optimizations, power management. |
WDDM v1.2 also introduces new types of graphics drivers, targeting specific scenarios and is described below:
-
WDDM Full Graphics Driver: This is the full version of the WDDM graphics driver that supports hardware accelerated 2D & 3D operations. This driver is fully capable of handling all the render, display and video functions. WDDM 1.0 and WDDM 1.1 are full graphics drivers. All Windows 8 client systems must have a full graphics WDDM 1.2 device as the primary boot device.
-
WDDM Display Only Driver: This driver is only supported as a WDDM 1.2 driver and enables IHVs to write a WDDM based kernel mode driver that is capable of driving display only devices. The OS handles the 2D or 3D rendering using a software simulated GPU. Display only devices are only allowed on client systems within a virtual machine session.
-
WDDM Render Only Driver: This driver is only supported as a WDDM 1.2 driver and enables IHVs to write a WDDM driver that supports only rendering functionality. Render only devices are not allowed as the primary graphics device on client systems.
Table below explains the scenario usage for the new driver types:
|
|
Client |
Server |
Client running in a Virtual Environment |
Server Virtual |
|
Full Graphics |
Required as post device |
Optional |
Optional |
Optional |
|
Display Only |
Not allowed |
Optional |
Optional |
Optional |
|
Render Only |
Optional as non-primary adapter |
Optional |
Optional |
Optional |
|
Headless |
Not allowed |
Optional |
N/A |
N/A |
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
See description |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
New; Sysfund-8096 |
System.Client.Graphics.WDDMSupportRotatedModes
Target Feature: System.Client.Graphics
Title: If accelerometer is present, WDDM driver must support all rotated modes
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
On a system with an accelerometer, the WDDM driver is required to support all rotated modes for every resolution enumerated for the integrated panel.
-
A WDDM driver is required to enumerate source modes for the integrated display. The WDDM driver must support rotated modes (0, 90,180 and 270) for every mode that it enumerates for the integrated panel.
-
The rotation is required to be supported even if the integrated panel is in a duplicate or extended topology with another display device. For duplicate mode, it is acceptable to rotate all targets connected to the rotated source. Per path rotation is allowed but not required.
Both the above mentioned requirements are optional for Stereo 3D capable resolutions.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Windows 8 is designing some key experiences that depend on the ability of a user to be able to rotate the physical device. For this experience, it is critical that the desktop also rotate to be in sync with the device. Therefore the WDDM driver must support rotation modes. |
|
Scenarios: |
User takes a new Windows 8 device and rotates the device from landscape to portrait mode. Due to the presence of the accelerometer Windows is able to automatically adjust the desktop screen to match the new orientation. There should be no cases where the driver does not support this rotation. Alternately, the user can also go to the Display Control Panel and rotate the desktop. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
New |
System.Client.Graphics.Windows7.MinimumDirectXLevel
Target Feature: System.Client.Graphics
Title: All system display adapters or chipset complies with Direct3D 10 and DXGI feature sets or greater.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
Description
For all systems, except ultra-mobile PC form-factor, all graphics hardware in the system must be at least Direct3D 10 or greater.
The graphics memory performance target for Direct3D 10 hardware is 1,600 MB/sec and is measured by using the AeroAT tool.
All features required by this specification must also be exposed including those features defined for the DXGI DLL. The following list includes some of the required features called out in the Direct3D 10 specification:
-
Geometry shader
-
Stream output
-
Integer instruction set
-
New compressed formats
-
Render to vertex buffer
-
Render to cube map
-
Render to volume
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
The goal of this requirement is create a common developer platform for Windows 7 systems. |
|
Scenarios: |
Developer Experience |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
December 1, 2009 |
|
Comments: |
Graphics-0020 and SYSFUND-0192 |
System.Client.MediaTranscode
Description
Requirements describe the capabilities that are required for media transcode.
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.MediaTranscode.SystemTranscodeFasterThanRealTime
System.Client.MediaTranscode.SystemTranscodeFasterThanRealTime
Target Feature: System.Client.MediaTranscode
Title: System is capable of transcoding faster than real time for multimedia scenarios, both on AC and DC power
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Required
Successfully transcode a Standard Definition (SD) video to another SD video from and to the following formats:
-
MPEG2-PS SD to H264 SD 2 mbps
-
VC1 SD to MPEG2 (TS&PS) SD 2 mbps
Successfully transcode a High Definition (HD) video to a Standard Definition video from and to the following formats:
-
H264 720p to MPEG2 (TS&PS) SD 2 mbps
-
H264 720p to VC1 SD 2 mbps
Successfully transcode a High Definition (HD) video to another HD video from and to the following formats:
-
VC1 720p to H264 720p 7 mbps
Optional
Successfully transcode a High Definition (HD) video to another HD video from and to the following formats:
-
H264 1080p to H264 720p 7 mbps
-
VC1 1080p to H264 720p 7 mbps
-
H264 720p to MPEG2 (TS&PS) 720p 7 mbps
-
H264 720p to VC1 720p 7 mbps
Successfully transcode a High Definition (HD) video to another HD video from and to the following formats:
-
H264 1080p to MPEG2 (TS&PS) 720p 7 mbps
Design Notes
-
MPEG-2 support is required on x86 and x64 architectures and operating systems only.
-
See the Windows Driver Kit, Streaming Devices (Video and Audio), Hardware MFT Device Class and Stream Class Minidrivers.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Consumers increasingly expect their PCs to provide the quality & reliability typically provided by dedicated consumer electronics devices. These requirements help ensure that Windows delivers the high quality transcode experiences that consumers have come to expect with scenarios such as:
|
|
Scenarios: |
Transcode high definition video. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8014 |
System.Client.MobileBroadBand
Description
These are requirements for Mobile Broadband devices integrated in the systems.
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.MobileBroadBand.ClassDriver
-
System.Client.MobileBroadBand.MobileBroadBand
System.Client.MobileBroadBand.ClassDriver
Target Feature: System.Client.MobileBroadBand
Title: USB interface based GSM and CDMA class of Mobile Broadband device firmware must comply with USB-IF's Mobile Broadband Interface Model Specification.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
USB interface based GSM and CDMA class of Mobile Broadband device firmware implementation must comply with the USB-IF's Mobile Broadband Interface Model (MBIM) Specification. No additional IHV drivers are needed for the functionality of the device and the device must work with The Microsoft Mobile Broadband(MB) class driver implementation. Note that Microsoft generic class driver doesn't support non–USB interface devices. Non-USB based devices require device manufacturer's device driver compliant with MB driver model specification.
Additional Details:
Mobile Broadband Interface Model Specification:
http://www.usb.org/developers/devclass_docs/MBIM10.zip
Mobile Broadband (MB) Design Guide:
http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/ff560543
|
Exceptions: |
Note that above exceptions are applicable only if:
|
|
Business Justification: |
Better user experience and increased quality of the Mobile Broadband devices. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Passing Mobile Broadband logo tests in Windows Hardware Certification Kit. Applicable to Mobile Broadband USB Devices for GSM and CDMA technologies covering embedded and dongle form-factor devices. Embedded modules using PCI Express Mini Card Form Factors (both half size as well as full-size) and providing USB interfaces also qualify as USB devices category. |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.MobileBroadBand.MobileBroadBand
Target Feature: System.Client.MobileBroadBand
Title: Systems that include Broadband support meet Windows requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Firmware Requirements
USB based devices for GSM and CDMA technologies (3GPP/3GPP2 standards based) must be firmware compliant with the Mobile Broadband Interface Model specification. These devices must be certified by the USB Forum for compliance (when it becomes available for mobile broadband devices).
In addition to the above, firmware needs to support the features listed below as specified by NDIS.
|
Firmware Feature |
Requirement |
|
No Pause on Suspend |
Required |
|
USB Selective Suspend |
Required- If USB based |
|
Radio Management |
Required |
|
Wake on Mobile Broadband |
Required |
|
Fast Dormancy |
Required |
Non-USB devices for GSM and CDMA require IHV developed Mobile broadband drivers. The drivers must be compliant with the Mobile Broadband Driver Model. IHV-developed mobile broadband drivers must pass the tests for validating mobile broadband functionality, such as the Windows Hardware Certification Kit (HCK) tests.
-
Devices based on the SPI peripheral bus require SPI driver support from the platform vendor.
-
USB devices for GSM and CDMA must be compliant with the Microsoft USB driver stack and do not require IHV specific bus driver stack.
No additional Connection Manager software is required for the operation of mobile broadband devices.
Value-add Mobile Broadband Connection Managers, if implemented, must implement the Mobile Broadband API (http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/desktop/dd323271).
Microsoft strongly recommends USB-based bus interfaces such as analog USB, HSIC (where applicable) and SSIC (when available). The mobile broadband stack in Windows 8 is designed to support only USB protocol based bus interfaces. IHVs can still certify their devices with non-USB bus interfaces. However, Microsoft does not provide any engineering support for non-USB bus interfaces. Device manufacturers must ensure that any non-USB based mobile broadband solution meets all of the mobile broadband certification requirements. Microsoft is unable to provide any waivers or contingencies for any non-USB bus interfaces towards the certification of non-USB mobile broadband solutions.
The following table summarizes the required mobile broadband features.
|
Attribute |
Requirement |
|
Bus |
USB-HSIC (preferred) or USB |
Systems must also comply with Mobile Broadband requirements, with:
-
Devices MUST support 16 bitmap wake patterns of 128 bytes each.
-
Devices MUST wake the system on register state change.
-
Devices MUST wake the system on media connect.
-
Devices MUST wake the system on media disconnect.
-
GSM and CDMA class of Devices MUST wake the system on receiving an incoming SMS message.
-
Devices that support USSD MUST wake the system on receiving USSD message.
-
Devices MUST support wake packet indication. NIC should cache the packet causing the wake on hardware and pass it up when the OS is ready for receives.
Mobile Broadband class of devices must support Wake on Mobile Broadband. It should wake the system on above mentioned events. Note that wake on USSD is mandatory only if the device reports that it supports USSD. Else it is optional. See the following MSDN documentation for more information on the SMS and register state wake events.
-
NDIS_STATUS_WWAN_REGISTER_STATE
-
NDIS_STATUS_WWAN_SMS_RECEIVE
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Mobile Broadband requirements are needed to ensure high-quality Windows scenarios. These also ensure compatibility, interoperability, and reliability of devices/drivers when working with Windows. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.NearFieldProximity
Description
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.NearFieldProximity.ImplementingProximity
-
System.Client.NearFieldProximity.NFCPlacement
-
System.Client.NearFieldProximity.RangeOfActuation
-
System.Client.NearFieldProximity.TouchMark
System.Client.NearFieldProximity.ImplementingProximity
Target Feature: System.Client.NearFieldProximity
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Any system that incorporates NFC technology (namely any technology that utilizes one or more of the air interface specifications incorporated by the NFC Forum by reference as approved specifications, and whose intended use therewith is to support higher-layer NFC Forum specifications and related scenarios) must provide an NFP provider for that NFC implementation that meets the Device.BusController.NearFieldProximity.ProviderImplementation and Device.BusController.NearFieldProximity.NFCCertification requirements.
Any system that does not incorporate NFC technology and does not incorporate NFP technology that implements the device driver interface specified by the Device.BusController.NearFieldProximity.ProviderImplementation requirement need not meet NFP certification requirements.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Ensures a consistent and confident user experience across proximity enabled systems. |
|
Scenarios: |
Tap against an NFC only system and a proximity experiences should work |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.NearFieldProximity.NFCPlacement
Target Feature: System.Client.NearFieldProximity
Title: Placement of NFC on all form factors
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
To help users locate and use the proximity technology, the use of a visual mark is required by, and is only permitted for, NFC NFP providers (those NFP providers that implement air interface specifications incorporated by the NFC Forum by reference as approved specifications). Refer to the Windows 8 Near Field Proximity Implementation Specification for placement guidance and mark usage requirements. The spec can be found at:
http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=237135
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Ensures a successful user experience and consistent tap interaction between Windows devices. |
|
Scenarios: |
When tapping two devices together with two tablets, both tablets should line up the radios with each other (meaning the upper right quadrants are lined up) and then a successful tap can occur. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.NearFieldProximity.RangeOfActuation
Target Feature: System.Client.NearFieldProximity
Title: For devices using active radios, proximity technology meets range of actuation.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
An NFP provider must support an effective operating volume to enable users to successfully use NFP technology with Windows in 95 times out of 100 attempts for all tap and do scenarios. Refer to the Windows 8 Near Field Proximity Implementation Specification document for detailed placement guidance, as well as acceptable, minimum, and maximum values for the required effective operating volume. The specification can be found at:
http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=237135
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
Ensures connections are only established in a small range rather than larger ones (such as Bluetooth or wireless). Confines the range so that the appropriate technology is tested. |
|
Scenarios: |
When tapping two devices together, a connection cannot be established if the touch point of the host device is greater than 10 cm away from the other touch point. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.NearFieldProximity.TouchMark
Target Feature: System.Client.NearFieldProximity
Title: If the system has a proximity technology then there must be a touch mark to indicate where to tap devices together.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
To help users locate and use the proximity technology, the use of a visual mark is required by, and is only permitted for, NFC NFP providers (those NFP providers that implement air interface specifications incorporated by the NFC Forum by reference as approved specifications). Refer to the Windows 8 Near Field Proximity Implementation Specification for placement guidance and mark usage requirements. The specification can be found at:
http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=237135
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Users know where to tap devices together. |
|
Scenarios: |
Users want to have a proximity experience and need to know where to tap devices together. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.PCContainer
Description
Starting with Windows 7, Windows is moving towards a device centric presentation of computers and devices. Elements of the Windows user interface (UI), such as the Devices and Printers folder, show the computer and all devices that are connected to the computer. The requirements in this section detail what is required to have the PC appear as a single object in the Windows UI.
Related Requirements:
-
System.Client.PCContainer.PCAppearsAsSingleObject
System.Client.PCContainer.PCAppearsAsSingleObject
Target Feature: System.Client.PCContainer
Title: Computers must appear as a single object in the Devices and Printers folder.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Computers must appear as a single object in the Windows user interface (UI), such as the Devices and Printers folder. Windows 7 and newer has a platform layer which groups all functionality exposed by the computer into a single object. This object is referred to as the computer device container. The computer device container must contain all of the device functions that are located physically inside the computer chassis. This includes, but is not limited to, keyboards, touch-pads; media control/media transport keys, wireless radios, storage devices, and audio devices. The computer device container is used throughout the Windows platform and is visibly exposed to the user in the Devices and Printers UI. This requirement ensures a consistent and high quality user experience by enforcing the "one object per physical device" rule in the Devices and Printers folder and other UI elements.
The computer must appear as a single device container in all Windows UI elements for the following reason:
-
The Windows UI is otherwise unable to provide a logical and understandable representation of the computer to the user. Accurate information about which devices are physically integrated with the computer must be supplied to support this and dependent Windows features.
Design Notes
Windows provides a device-centric presentation of computers and devices. Users interact with the computer and connected devices using this device-centric user interface. For example, the Devices and Printers folder shows the computer and all devices that are connected to the computer. In Devices and Printers the computer is represented by a single icon. All of the functionality exposed by the computer is available through this single icon object, providing one location for users to discover devices integrated with the computer and perform specific actions on those integrated devices. To enable this experience, the computer must be able to detect and group all computer-integrated devices (for example: all devices physically inside the PC). This requires that computer-integrated devices properly identify themselves as integrated components. This can be achieved by indicating that the device is not removable from computer, properly configuring ACPI for the port to which the device is attached, or creating a registry DeviceOverride entry for the device. (Note: Each bus type has different mechanisms for identifying the removable relationship for devices attached to that bus. For more information, see Multifunction Device Support and Device Container Groupings in Windows 7.)
To group the functionality exposed by the computer into a single device container, Windows uses information available in the device hardware, bus driver, system firmware, and Windows registry. The bus type to which a given device is attached determines the heuristic Windows applies to group that device. For more information, the white paper Multifunction Device Support and Device Container Groupings in Windows 7 (http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/gg463141) explains the heuristic for many bus types, including:
-
Universal Serial Bus (USB)
-
Bluetooth
-
IP connected devices using Plug and Play Extensions (PnP-X)
-
1394
-
eSATA
-
PCI Express (PCIe)
The Single Computer Display Object test (ComputerSingleDDOTest.exe) must run on the system to check if this requirement has been met. The tool is available in the Windows Hardware Certification Kit (HCK). The computer configuration for this test is different for laptops and desktop computers:
-
Laptops: No external devices (other than a monitor) can be attached to the laptop when the ComputerSingleDDOTest.exe is run. If external devices of any type are attached the test fails automatically.
-
Desktops (computers which require an external keyboard, mouse and monitor to be attached): Only a keyboard, mouse and monitor can be attached to the desktop when the ComputerSingleDDOTest.exe is run. If any devices other than these are attached the test fails automatically.
The ComputerSingleDDOTest.exe identifies those devices which Windows was unable to group with the computer device container. Determine the bus to which the indicated device is attached and follow the details in the white paper to determine why the device was not correctly grouped with the computer.
The design changes required to group an internal device with the computer device container vary depending on the bus to which the device is attached. Refer to the "Multifunction Device Support and Device Container Groupings in Windows 7" white paper for details.
Testing Notes
This requirement can be tested by using the Single Computer Display Object Test (ComputerSingleDDOTest.exe) in the Windows HCK. The computer configuration for this test is different for laptops and desktop computers:
-
Laptops: No external devices can be attached to the laptop when the ComputerSingleDDOTest.exe is run. If external devices of any type are attached the test fails automatically.
-
Desktops (computers which require an external keyboard, mouse and monitor to be attached): Only a keyboard, mouse and monitor can be attached to the desktop when the ComputerSingleDDOTest.exe is run. If any devices other than these are attached the test fails automatically.
The following are examples of the output from the Single Computer Display Object Test, showing both an unsuccessful and successful test pass. Both were run on the same laptop computer. There were not any devices attached to the laptop at the time the test was run.
Unsuccessful test result:
In the failure case, the laptop has two USB devices which are detected as separate device containers from the computer device container. These two devices are actually internal to the computer and connected to an internal USB hub.
D:\Tools\ComputerSingleDDOTest>ComputerSingleDDOTest.exe -laptop
Start: SystemFund-0200: Computers must be represented by one icon in Device Center., TUID=0E7AEA02-2712-422F-A9CD-FFBE470FD391
Found Device "USB Input Device". - This device should be part of the computer.
Found Device "USB Composite Device". - This device should be part of the computer.
Error: 0x0, Error 0x00000000
FAIL: Devices were found that are part of the computer but were reported as removable from the computer.
File=__FILE__ Line=468
End: Fail, SystemFund-0200: Computers must be represented by one icon in Device
Center., TUID=0E7AEA02-2712-422F-A9CD-FFBE470FD391, Repro= D:\Tools\ComputerSingleDDOTest \ComputerSingleDDOTest.exe
Summary: Total=1, Passed=0, Failed=1, Blocked=0, Warned=0, Skipped=0
Successful test result:
This is the same laptop as the unsuccessful test result above. The two USB devices are now grouped into the computer device container. This was done by creating a DeviceOverride registry entry for each device. Various options are available to achieve the correct grouping, depending on the bus type to which the device is attached. See Multifunction Device Support and Device Container Groupings in Windows 7 for details.
D:\Tools\ComputerSingleDDOTest>ComputerSingleDDOTest.exe -laptop
Start: SystemFund-0200: Computers must be represented by one icon in Device Center., TUID=0E7AEA02-2712-422F-A9CD-FFBE470FD391
PASS: Devices were correctly reported as part of the computer.
End: Pass, SystemFund-0200: Computers must be represented by one icon in Device Center., TUID=0E7AEA02-2712-422F-A9CD-FFBE470FD391, Repro=D:\Tools\ComputerSingleDDOTest\ComputerSingleDDOTest.exe
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
The Windows user interface is unable to provide a logical and understandable representation of the PC without accurate information as to which devices are physically integrated with the PC. |
|
Scenarios: |
The Windows user interface provides and a logical and understandable representation of a PC. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 7 RC |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0200 |
System.Client.RadioManagement
Description
This feature contains requirements for buttons that control the management of any radios in a laptop or Tablet/convertible PC. It also contains requirements for GPS radios, Near Field Proximity radios, and Bluetooth radios that do not use the Windows native Bluetooth stack.
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.RadioManagement.HardwareButton
-
System.Client.RadioManagement.RadioMaintainsState
-
System.Client.RadioManagement.RadioManagementAPIHID
-
System.Client.RadioManagement.RadioManagerCOMObject
System.Client.RadioManagement.HardwareButton
Target Feature: System.Client.RadioManagement
Title: If a PC has a physical (hardware) button switch on a PC that turns wireless radios on and off, it must be software controllable and interact appropriately with the Radio Management UI.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
There does not need to be a hardware button for wireless radios on Windows 8 laptops or tablet/convertible PCs.
A wireless hardware button is one of the following:
-
Toggle Button (Laptops and Tablets)
-
Toggle Button with LED (Non-Connected standby supported laptops and tablets)
-
A-B slider switch (Laptops and Tablets)
-
A-B slider switch with LED (Non-Connected standby supported laptops and tablets)
When there is a hardware button for wireless radios there must not be more than one, and it must control all the radios present in the computer.
An LED to indicate the state of the switch is optional. Please note that an LED indicating wireless status is not allowed on systems that support connected standby. If an LED is present along with the button, it must behave as defined below.
-
There must only be one LED to indicate wireless status. In other words, there must be not one LED for Bluetooth, one for Wi-Fi, and so on.
-
If the global wireless state is ON, the LED must be lit.
-
When the global wireless state is OFF, the LED must not be lit.
-
When the button is pressed or switch is flipped, it must send a HID message that can be consumed by the Radio Management API.
-
When the Radio Management API sends a HID message, the button or switch must receive the message and change the state of the LED accordingly.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
The radio management feature goal is to create a consistent and predictable Windows experience for controlling all wireless capabilities on the PC that enables global as well as specific control of the radios. The UI is tightly integrated with the hardware switch so that the radio state is always accurate. The wireless hardware button must meet this requirement in order to meet these goals. |
|
Scenarios: |
User has a consistent predictable way to turn off all wireless capabilities on the PC |
|
Success Metric: |
The certification tests verify that the appropriate HID message is sent and received, the radio management UI is updated to reflect the correct new state of the hardware button and when the user changes the state in the UI, a HID message is sent to the LED and its state is updated. |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.RadioManagement.RadioMaintainsState
Target Feature: System.Client.RadioManagement
Title: Radio maintains on/off state across sleep and reboot power cycles
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
The state of the wireless radio must persist across sleep, reboot, user log off, user switching and hibernate.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
The radio management feature goal is to create a consistent and predictable Windows experience for controlling all wireless capabilities on the PC that enables global as well as specific control of the radios. The UI is tightly integrated with the hardware switch so that the radio state is always accurate. The wireless hardware button must meet this requirement in order to meet these goals. |
|
Scenarios: |
For airplane mode the user has a consistent predictable way to turn off all wireless capabilities on the PC. User has specific radio management. They can turn off/on individual radios to manage their power, privacy settings or to manage bandwidth usage. Also, on airplanes that support Wi-Fi, users can turn on Wi-Fi while still blocking other radios from broadcasting, and conserve battery power. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.RadioManagement.RadioManagementAPIHID
Target Feature: System.Client.RadioManagement
Title: Wireless hardware button must communicate the change of state to the Radio Management API using HID.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
When the state of wireless radio switch changes, whether it is a slider A-B switch (with or without LED) or toggle button (with or without LED), this HID-compliant hardware switch/button must expose the HID collections to be consumed by the radio management API.
Toggle button must not change the state of the device radio directly.
A-B switch can be wired directly to the radios and change their state as long as it communicates the change of state to the Radio Management API using the HID driver and it changes the state in all radios present in the PC.
The HID usage IDs are:
|
Usage ID |
Usage Name |
Usage Type |
|
0x0C |
Wireless Radio Controls |
CA |
|
0xC6 |
Wireless Radio Button |
OOC |
|
0xC7 |
Wireless Radio LED |
OOC |
|
0xC8 |
Wireless Radio Slider Switch |
OOC |
The collections are:
Button without LED (stateless button) for laptops, tablets and convertibles
USAGE_PAGE (Generic Desktop) 05 01
USAGE (Wireless Radio Controls) 09 0C
COLLECTION (Application) A1 01
LOGICAL_MINIMUM (0) 15 00
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM (1) 25 01
USAGE (Wireless Radio Button) 09 C6
REPORT_COUNT (1) 95 01
REPORT_SIZE (1) 75 01
INPUT (Data,Var,Rel) 81 06
REPORT_SIZE (7) 75 07
INPUT (Cnst,Var,Abs) 81 03
END_COLLECTION C0
Button with LED For laptops, tablets and convertibles that do NOT support connected standby
USAGE_PAGE (Generic Desktop) 05 01
USAGE (Wireless Radio Controls) 09 0C
COLLECTION (Application) A1 01
LOGICAL_MINIMUM (0) 15 00
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM (1) 25 01
USAGE (Wireless Radio Button) 09 C6
REPORT_COUNT (1) 95 01
REPORT_SIZE (1) 75 01
INPUT (Data,Var,Rel) 81 06
REPORT_SIZE (7) 75 07
INPUT (Cnst,Var,Rel) 81 03
USAGE (Wireless Radio LED) 09 C7
REPORT_SIZE (1) 75 01
OUTPUT (Data,Var,Rel) 91 02
REPORT_SIZE (7) 75 07
OUTPUT (Cnst,Var,Abs) 91 03
END_COLLECTION C0
Slider Switch (without LED) - For laptops, tablets and convertibles
USAGE_PAGE (Generic Desktop) 05 01
USAGE (Wireless Radio Controls) 09 0C
COLLECTION (Application) A1 01
LOGICAL_MINIMUM (0) 15 00
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM (1) 25 01
USAGE (Wireless Radio Slider Switch) 09 C8
REPORT_COUNT (1) 95 01
REPORT_SIZE (1) 75 01
INPUT (Data,Var,Abs) 81 02
REPORT_SIZE (7) 75 07
INPUT (Cnst,Var,Abs) 81 03
END_COLLECTION C0
Slider Switch (with LED) - Laptops, tablets and convertibles that do NOT support connected standby
USAGE_PAGE (Generic Desktop) 05 01
USAGE (Wireless Radio Controls) 09 0C
COLLECTION (Application) A1 01
LOGICAL_MINIMUM (0) 15 00
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM (1) 25 01
USAGE (Wireless Radio Slider Switch) 09 C8
REPORT_COUNT (1) 95 01
REPORT_SIZE (1) 75 01
INPUT (Data,Var,Abs) 81 02
REPORT_SIZE (7) 75 07
INPUT (Cnst,Var,Abs) 81 03
USAGE (Wireless Radio LED) 09 C7
REPORT_SIZE (1) 75 01
OUTPUT (Data,Var,Rel) 91 02
REPORT_SIZE (7) 75 07
OUTPUT (Cnst,Var,Abs) 91 03
END_COLLECTION C0
LED only (No button or slider) - Laptops, tablets and convertibles that do NOT support connected standby
USAGE_PAGE (Generic Desktop) 05 01
USAGE (Wireless Radio Controls) 09 0A
COLLECTION (Application) A1 01
PHYSICAL_MINIMUM (0) 35 00
PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM (1) 45 01
LOGICAL_MINIMUM (0) 15 00
LOGICAL_MAXIMUM (1) 25 01
USAGE (Wireless Radio LED) 09 C1
REPORT_COUNT (1) 95 01
REPORT_SIZE (1) 75 01
OUTPUT (Data,Var,Rel) 91 02
REPORT_SIZE (7) 75 07
OUTPUT (Cnst,Var,Abs) 91 03
END_COLLECTION C0
Wireless radio LED must use HID to reflect the state of the flight mode switch located in the user interface. Wireless radio LED only uses HID for output (no input since there is no button).
When the Radio Management API sends a HID message because the global wireless state has changed, the switch must consume this message and toggle the state.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
The radio management feature goal is to create a consistent and predictable Windows experience for controlling all wireless capabilities on the PC that enables global as well as specific control of the radios. The UI is tightly integrated with the hardware switch so that the radio state is always accurate. The wireless hardware button must meet this requirement in order to meet these goals. |
|
Scenarios: |
User has a consistent predictable way to turn off all wireless capabilities on the PC. |
|
Success Metric: |
The certification tests verify that the appropriate HID message is sent and received, the radio management UI is updated to reflect the correct new state of the hardware button and when the user changes the state in the UI, a HID message is sent to the LED and its state is updated. |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.RadioManagement.RadioManagerCOMObject
Target Feature: System.Client.RadioManagement
Title: There must be a radio manager COM object which registers and interacts with the Radio Management API.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Systems that include any of the following radio must create a radio manager COM Object for that radio:
-
GPS
-
Proximity-type radios such as NFC and TransferJet
-
Bluetooth radio that doesn't use the Windows Native Bluetooth stack
Each radio that does not have an inbox radio manager must have its own IRadioInstance object and be enumerable from IMediaRadioManager::IEnumRadioInstance. There is inbox support for WLAN, mobile broadband and Bluetooth.
Verify IRadioInstance::GetRadioManagerSignature returns the media radio manager GUID.
RadioInstance::GetInstanceSignature must return device instance path.
The radio COM object manager must send and consume On and Off calls from the Radio Management API.
When the Airplane Mode switch is turned ON by the user, the Radio Management API calls the method OnSystemRadioStateChange(), with the sysRadioState parameter equal to SRS_RADIO_DISABLED, in which case the Media Radio Manager must record the current device radio state for later use and must set the radio state to DEVICE_SW_RADIO_OFF.
When the Airplane Mode switch is turned OFF by the user, the Radio Management API calls the method OnSystemRadioStateChange(), with the sysRadioState parameter equal to SRS_RADIO_ENABLED, in which case the device radio associated with the radio instance managed by this Media Radio Manager must transition to a previous device radio state (the last recorded state).
Radio COM object manager must report radio instance within 100 milliseconds. Please note that this does not mean that radio COM object manager has to be fully functional (ready to turning radio on/off); it just means that radio COM object manager needs to report the presence of a radio within 100 milliseconds.
Users do NOT need administrator privileges to change the radio state. Any standard user must be able to change the radio state.
Radio COM object manager must be able to change the state of the radio (on to off, or off to on) within 5 seconds.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
The radio management feature goal is to create a consistent and predictable Windows experience for controlling all wireless capabilities on the PC that enables global as well as specific control of the radios. The UI is tightly integrated with the hardware switch so that the radio state is always accurate. The wireless hardware button must meet this requirement in order to meet these goals. |
|
Scenarios: |
For flight mode the user has a consistent predictable way to turn off all wireless capabilities on the PC. User has specific radio management. They can turn off/on individual radios to manage their power, privacy settings or to manage bandwidth usage. Also, on airplanes that support Wi-Fi, users can turn on Wi-Fi while still blocking other radios from broadcasting, and conserve battery power. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.RadioManagement.ConnectedStandby
Description
This feature contains requirements for buttons that control the management of any radios in a laptop or Tablet/convertible PC. The radios that this requirement applies to are GPS, Near Field Proximity, and Bluetooth radios that do not use the Windows native Bluetooth stack. Requirements in this section specifically apply to systems that are identified as supporting the Connected Standby feature.
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.RadioManagement.ConnectedStandby.NoRadioStatusIndicatorLights
System.Client.RadioManagement.ConnectedStandby.NoRadioStatusIndicatorLights
Target Feature: System.Client.RadioManagement.ConnectedStandby
Title: Systems that support Connected Standby must not include a light indicating the status of the radios in the system
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
In order to conserve energy, systems that support connected standby cannot include a status indicator indicating whether the radios are on.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
The intent of a system that supports connected standby is that it is always connected to the cloud, whether the system is fully powered or in connected standby. |
|
Scenarios: |
Always connected |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.ScreenRotation
Description
Screen rotation is the act of a user rotating a system from landscape to portrait and vice versa. The requirements in this section describe the behavior for the end user experience.
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.ScreenRotation.SmoothRotation
System.Client.ScreenRotation.SmoothRotation
Target Feature: System.Client.ScreenRotation
Title: Systems with accelerometers perform screen rotation in 300 milliseconds and without any video glitches.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
All Windows 8 systems with an accelerometer must have sufficient graphics performance to meet performance requirements for screen rotation.
The following performance metrics must be met:
|
Time to first frame |
Glitching |
Length of screen rotation |
|
300 milliseconds |
No glitching at 60 fps |
300 milliseconds |
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Graphics performance is critical to deliver a good end-user experience on Windows 8. The performance of the HW subsystems and the graphics driver plays a big role in that. |
|
Scenarios: |
User takes a new Windows 8 device and rotates the device from landscape to portrait mode. Due to the presence of the accelerometer Windows is able to automatically adjust the desktop screen to match the new orientation. There should be no cases where the driver does not support this rotation. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.Sensor
Description: Not Specified
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.Sensor.HumanProximitySensor
-
System.Client.Sensor.Integrated
-
System.Client.Sensor.MBBRequiresGPS
System.Client.Sensor.HumanProximitySensor
Target Feature: System.Client.Sensor
Title: System with human proximity sensor meets Windows requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Sensor Category: SENSOR_CATEGORY_BIOMETRIC
Sensor Type: SENSOR_TYPE_HUMAN_PROXIMITY
All human proximity class sensors must ensure that they accurately report the following Data Types to be seamlessly integrated with Windows (through the sensors platform).
|
Data type |
Type |
Meaning |
|
SENSOR_DATA_TYPE_HUMAN_PROXIMITY |
VT_R4 |
Distance between a human and the computer, in meters. |
Note: Sensor Connection Type = SENSOR_CONNECTION_TYPE_PC_INTEGRATED for hardware that is built-in to the PC enclosure. Note that proximity sensors with connection type = SENSOR_CONNECTION_TYPE_PC_ATTACHED can also be used for power management features (if integrated into connected peripheral).
For detailed information regarding sensor driver development, see Sensor Driver Design Guide in the Device and Driver Technologies section of the Windows Driver Kit (WDK).
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement ensures compatibility with Windows. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.Sensor.Integrated
Target Feature: System.Client.Sensor
Title: If the system contains an internal sensor that is integrated with the Windows Sensor Platform, it must report itself to the sensors platform as an integrated and correctly oriented sensor.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
If a system contains the following sensors that are integrated with the Windows Sensor Platform, then each of these sensors should report itself to the operating system as an internally integrated sensor.
Sensor Connection Type = SENSOR_CONNECTION_TYPE_PC_INTEGRATED
Required sensor objects exposed via sensor platform (Applies only to Tablet and Convertible-Tablet form-factors):
-
3D Accelerometer (SENSOR_TYPE_ACCELEROMETER_3D)
-
3D Inclinometer (SENSOR_TYPE_INCLINOMETER_3D)
-
3D Compass (SENSOR_TYPE_COMPASS_3D)
-
3D Gyrometer (SENSOR_TYPE_GYROMETER_3D)
-
Device Orientation (SENSOR_TYPE_AGGREGATED_DEVICE_ORIENTATION)
-
Ambient Light Sensor (SENSOR_TYPE_AMBIENT_LIGHT)
Required Sensor fusion** for PC-Integrated sensors (Applies only to Tablet and Convertible-Tablet form-factors):
-
3D Compass
-
3D accelerometer used for tilt compensation (required)
-
3D Gyrometer used to enhance data rate and data integrity (required)
-
3D accelerometer used for tilt compensation (required)
-
3D Inclinometer
-
3D accelerometer and 3D Compass used to determine yaw, pitch, roll (required)
-
3D Gyrometer used to enhance data rate and data integrity (required)
-
3D accelerometer and 3D Compass used to determine yaw, pitch, roll (required)
-
Device Orientation
-
3D accelerometer and 3D Compass used to formulate Rotation Matrix, Quaternion (required)
-
3D Gyrometer used to enhance data rate and data integrity (required)
-
3D accelerometer and 3D Compass used to formulate Rotation Matrix, Quaternion (required)
**Sensor fusion is the process of using data from multiple sensors to enhance existing sensor data, or to synthesize new sensor data types from raw sensor data
In addition, each of these sensors should be correctly configured and calibrated with proper orientation (for example: mounted in proper direction) as per the guidance specified for the specific sensor category as outlined in related white papers and documents.
Sensors should not raise events when the system is stationary and the environment is not changing.
For detailed information regarding sensor driver development, see Sensor Driver Design Guide in the Device and Driver Technologies section of the Windows Driver Kit (WDK).
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
To ensure the internal sensor reports data in the standardized Windows Data Types. If a sensor does not report these data fields, it is not treated as an internal sensor and is not exposed to applications. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8XXX |
System.Client.Sensor.MBBRequiresGPS
Target Feature: System.Client.Sensor
Title: If a mobile broadband device is integrated into a tablet or convertible system, then an assisted GPS radio is required.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Assisted GPS is only required if a tablet or convertible includes a mobile broadband device.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Assisted GPS is the preferred technology for mobile and outdoor location based scenarios including:
|
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.SystemConfiguration
Description
This feature and requirement defines the computers and devices that compose the system.
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.SystemConfiguration.SysInfo
-
System.Client.SystemConfiguration.Windows7NeccessaryDevices
-
System.Client.SystemConfiguration.Windows8RequiredComponents
System.Client.SystemConfiguration.SysInfo
Target Feature: System.Client.SystemConfiguration
Title: System information
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
A certification test collects information about the configuration of the machine, including:
-
CPU Speed
-
RAM
-
Storage
-
Hardware Resources
-
Devices components
-
Drivers
-
Software
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This information is used by the Windows Certification team to review information about shipping systems versus systems that were submitted for certification. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.SystemConfiguration.Windows7NeccessaryDevices
Target Feature: System.Client.SystemConfiguration
Title: Windows 7 systems includes necessary devices
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
Description
All buses, devices, and other components in a system must meet their respective Windows 7 logo program requirements and only use drivers that either are included with the Windows operating system installation media or are digitally signed by Microsoft for Windows 7. Driver files that are not signed for Windows 7 may not be included in the system image. Drivers submitted for the Windows 7 logo must be able to be digitally signed and must meet the Microsoft guidelines as defined in the Windows Driver Kit, "WHQL Digital Signature".
For a system to receive a Windows 7 logo it must comply with the Windows 7 logo requirements defined for a system and must include Windows 7 logo devices specified in Table B. These devices must comply with the Windows logo requirements (unless an exception is explicitly noted).
TABLE B: System requirements
Systems must include the devices designated as R (required).
|
Group and Subgroup |
Logo |
|
|
|
|
Graphics (3) |
Desktop |
All-in-One |
Mobile |
Ultra Mobile |
|
Display: Display & Monitors (2) |
|
R |
R |
R |
|
Audio (1) |
I |
I |
I |
I |
|
Storage (8) |
R |
R |
R |
R |
|
Networking (6) |
R |
R |
R |
R |
-
If audio is included in the system, it must meet all logo requirements.
-
Display on all-in-One and mobile systems must comply with requirements for Displays & Monitors.
-
Graphics solution in desktop, all-in-One and mobile systems must comply with requirements for graphics. For Windows 7, desktop, mobile and all-in one systems must include a display adapter/chipset that complies with Direct3D version 10 and WDDM 1.1 beginning December 1, 2009. Prior to December 1, 2009, WDDM v1.1 is Optional for a display adapter or chipset based on the Direct3D v9 hardware architecture and shipping in a Windows 7 system (desktop, mobile or all-in-one). Ultra Mobile PCs are required to ship with at least Direct3D version 9 and WDDM 1.0.
-
System must ship with a storage solution.
-
If system includes Audio it must be supported as a UAA compliant audio solution and be logo qualified.
-
Either WLAN or LAN device must be included in the system.
-
If any other devices are included in the system, they must be logo qualified for Windows 7.
-
A storage drive is required for the OS. An optical disc drive is optional. Read only optical disc drives are still allowed to be included in logo'd systems after June 1, 2010.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Establishing a baseline configuration is important for the end user, as well as the development community. All systems must have graphics and storage. Networking is required in order to deploy updates to the system. All systems must also include a way to debug the system as document under System.Fundamentals.DebugPort. |
|
Scenarios: |
Supports a wide range of scenarios that are offered by differing components. This also enables many Windows features such as the Desktop Windows Manager, and being able to playback audio. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2007 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0192 |
System.Client.SystemConfiguration.Windows8RequiredComponents
Target Feature: System.Client.SystemConfiguration
Title: Windows 8 systems must include certain devices
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Component requirements for Windows 8 tablets and convertibles can be found in requirements under System.Client.Tablet. For all other Windows 8 systems, the table below lists the minimum required components to be present in a system in order for it to be certified for Windows 8. All components must meet certification requirements and pass device certification testing for Windows 8.
Any buttons that are implemented on the system cannot launch any customized user interface elements.
Buttons refers to buttons or keys.
Customized user interface elements include overlays, pop-up dialogs, toasts, or other transitory user interface elements that appears over the Start screen, Windows Store apps, or desktop. They don't include Windows Store apps or desktop apps.
Examples:
The following user interface elements may not be displayed in response to a button press:
-
Showing a customized overlay or a toast in response to the changed state of a keyboard key (for example: Caps Lock, Num Lock).
-
Showing a customized overlay or a toast in response to the changed state of a touchpad
The following user interactions are permitted:
-
Using a designated button or hotkey to launch a default mail client
-
Using a designated button or hotkey to launch a default browser
-
Using a designated button or hotkey to directly launch a desktop application
-
Using a designated button to launch a Windows Store app associated with a file or protocol handler
-
Showing a notification in response to a hardware error (for example: a problem docking or undocking the system
Onscreen displays for the monitor are allowed. They can only appear after the user has taken action such as pressing a button. The inbox onscreen display cannot be duplicated.
|
Component |
|
Required |
|
Storage |
Space |
At least 10 GB of free space after completing OOBE |
|
|
Storage type |
Meet minimum Microsoft Windows Storage requirements |
|
System firmware |
|
UEFI 2.3.1 as defined in System.Fundamentals.Firmware requirements |
|
Networking |
Ethernet or Wi-Fi |
Must be either a certified Ethernet or Wi-Fi adapter |
|
Graphics |
GPU |
Minimum of Direct3D 10 Feature Level 9_3 with WDDM 1.2 driver |
|
|
Video playback |
Video playback of 1080p without glitches |
|
|
Minimum resolution |
1024x768 |
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
A Windows 8 system must include a network connection for browsing the Internet and for services the system. This can either be Wi-Fi radio hardware for Internet and local area network connectivity or an Ethernet adapter. The optimal physical screen size allows for 720-p HD video playback. The video output can be VGA or support any digital connection to connect to a monitor. |
|
Scenarios: |
These requirements satisfy Windows scenarios outlined in the rest of the Windows Certification Requirements. |
|
Success Metric: |
Systems include required components. |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Technical Update: |
7/2/2012 |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.SystemImage
Description: The requirements in this section describe the level 2 quality of HW + SW + OEM image
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.SystemImage.PushButtonReset
-
System.Client.SystemImage.SystemRecoveryEnvironment
System.Client.SystemImage.PushButtonReset
Target Feature: System.Client.SystemImage
Title: ARM System includes push button reset to initial factory state
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows RT
Description
An ARM system shall include a recovery image file that is compatible with the Push Button Reset feature in Windows 8. This recovery image file shall reside on a local recovery partition or on a separate bootable USB flash drive which is packaged with the system, or both.
If the recovery image file resides on a local recovery partition, the GPT partition shall be of type PARTITION_BASIC_DATA_GUID, and shall include the GPT_ATTRIBUTE_PLATFORM_REQUIRED and GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_NO_DRIVE_LETTER attributes.
If the recovery image file resides on a separate bootable USB flash drive, the drive shall be configured to load the Windows Recovery Environment when used as the boot device, and the recovery image file shall be stored in the \Sources folder under the root of the drive.
The recovery image file shall meet the following requirements:
-
The recovery image file shall be in the Windows image file format (.wim).
-
The recovery image file shall be named "install.wim" (or in the case of a split image, "install.swm", "install2.swm", "install3.swm", and so on…).
-
The recovery image file shall contain the Windows image and applications preloaded on the system.
-
The Windows image in the recovery image file shall be configured to start Windows Welcome (instead of Audit mode) when it boots for the first time.
-
The recovery image file shall be captured after the Windows image has completed the Specialize configuration pass.
-
The Windows System Assessment Tests (WinSAT) results for the DWM test shall be prepopulated in the Windows image in the recovery image file.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Consumer electronics level of experience is expected. Users shall be able to refresh or reset their systems quickly and reliably. |
|
Scenarios: |
User desires to restore system to factory state. This happens effortlessly. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 RTM |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.SystemImage.SystemRecoveryEnvironment
Target Feature: System.Client.SystemImage
Title: ARM System includes Windows Recovery Environment on a separate partition
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows RT
Description
An ARM system shall include a separate partition with a bootable Windows Recovery Environment image file (winre.wim). The GPT partition should be of type PARTITION_MSFT_RECOVERY_GUID, includes the GPT_ATTRIBUTE_PLATFORM_REQUIRED and GPT_BASIC_DATA_ATTRIBUTE_NO_DRIVE_LETTER attributes, and contains at least 50 megabytes (MB) of free space after the Windows Recovery Environment image file has been copied to it.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Allows volume encryption features in Windows 8 to be enabled on the operating system volume without affecting the Windows Recovery Environment. |
|
Scenarios: |
Allows volume encryption features in Windows 8 to be enabled on the operating system volume without affecting the Windows Recovery Environment. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 RTM |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.SystemPartition
Description: The requirements in this section describe the PC system partition configuration requirements.
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.SystemPartition.DiskPartitioning
-
System.Client.SystemPartition.OEMPartition
System.Client.SystemPartition.DiskPartitioning
Target Feature: System.Client.SystemPartition
Title: Systems that ship with a Windows operating system must meet partitioning requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
Description
A Windows 7 or Windows 8 system shipped in legacy BIOS mode and Master Boot Record (MBR) configured must ship with a type 0x7 or type 0x27, active system partition in addition to the operating system partition (configured as Boot, Page File, Crash Dump, and so on). This active system partition must be at least 100MB in size for Windows 7 systems. For Windows 8 systems, this active system partition must have at least 250 MB of free space, above and beyond any space used by required files. For Windows 7 systems, we similarly recommend that the active partition have at least 25 MB of free space for future upgrade to a new version of Windows. This additional system partition can be used to host Windows Recovery Environment (RE) and OEM tools (provided by the OEM), so long as the partition still meets the 250 MB free space requirement.
Implementation of this partition allows support of current and future Windows features such as BitLocker, and simplifies configuration and deployments.
Tools and documentation to implement split-loader configuration can be found in Windows OEM Preinstallation Kit/Automated Installation Kit (OPK/AIK).
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
If the system is not partitioned correctly for BitLocker, the feature does not work. The user is unable to turn the feature on as the feature has a dependency on having this second partition. This second partition is also required for Windows recovery. When the owner of the platform loses cryptographic keys or experiences encryption or disk corruption, then the owner of the platform will lose their data. |
|
Scenarios: |
Enable BitLocker scenarios and boot information. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0032 |
System.Client.SystemPartition.OEMPartition
Target Feature: System.Client.SystemPartition
Title: Windows systems with recovery & OEM partitions must meet partitioning requirements.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
If a system includes a separate partition for recovery purposes or an OEM partition for any other purpose, this separate partition must be identified with the GPT_ATTRIBUTE_PLATFORM_REQUIRED attribute. This attribute is defined as part of the PARTITION_INFORMATION_GPT structure (http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/desktop/aa365449) structure.
For example:
-
If this separate partition includes a bootable Windows Recovery Environment image file, the GPT partition must be of type PARTITION_MSFT_RECOVERY_GUID and include the GPT_ATTRIBUTE_PLATFORM_REQUIRED attribute.
-
If this separate partition includes a recovery image used by Push Button Reset, the GPT partition must be of type PARTITION_BASIC_DATA_GUID and include the GPT_ATTRIBUTE_PLATFORM_REQUIRED attribute.
Partitions which are identified with the GPT_ATTRIBUTE_PLATFORM_REQUIRED attribute must not be used for storing user data (such as through data backup, for example).
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Allows volume encryption features in Windows 8 to be enabled on the operating system and data volumes without affecting the OEM and recovery partitions. |
|
Scenarios: |
BitLocker |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.Tablet
Description: The requirements apply to systems that are a tablet or tablet/convertible system.
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.Tablet.BezelWidth
-
System.Client.Tablet.ColdBootLatency
-
System.Client.Tablet.RequiredHardwareButtons
-
System.Client.Tablet.TabletPCRequiredComponents
System.Client.Tablet.BezelWidth
Target Feature: System.Client.Tablet
Title: Tablet systems must provide sufficient bezel and or border space to allow it to be held without resulting in accidental touch input
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Tablet systems must provide sufficient bezel and or non-active border space on the face of the device to allow it to be held in the following postures without resulting in accidental touch input on the edges of the digitizer:
-
Device held with one or two hands gripping the device in landscape or portrait orientation, with thumbs/palms on the bezel.
-
Device cradled in either landscape or portrait orientation, with fingers wrapping around the device on to the bezel.
-
Device held from the bottom, with a thumb on the bezel.
The bezel and or non-active border must not exceed 26 millimeters, to allow for users with smaller hands to access the edges of the digitizer while holding the device with two hands. If a design includes both a bezel and a non-active border, the combined width of both must not exceed 26 millimeters.
On tablet convertibles, where there is a mechanical hinge, it is acceptable to allow for the bezel and or non-active border to exceed the 26 millimeter maximum up to 45 millimeters along the bottom edge closest to the hinge.
Example implementation: include a bezel of 20 millimeters on the face of the device, on all four sides of the digitizer/display, for a tablet device.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Sufficient space must be provided to allow the tablet system to be held by the end user without resulting in accidental touch input. The space provided must not exceed the maximums, because this negatively affects the user experience of key scenarios such as thumb typing and thumb navigation. |
|
Scenarios: |
This is to support scenarios where there may be touchable elements around the edge of the screen. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8050 |
System.Client.Tablet.ColdBootLatency
Target Feature: System.Client.Tablet
Title: Time for I2C touch controller to respond
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
The time from when power is applied to an I2C touch controller to when the I2C controller is responding to Human Interface Device (HID) commands and providing touch reports must not exceed 100 milliseconds.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Windows 8 supports extremely fast resume on systems that support connected standby. Because touch is the primary input mechanism on connected standby capable tablets, it is imperative that the I2C touch controller be available to respond to HID commands and provide input reports almost immediately upon resume to ensure a consistent user experience. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Touch |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
New |
System.Client.Tablet.RequiredHardwareButtons
Target Feature: System.Client.Tablet
Title: Tablet and convertible PC must have five hardware buttons.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Hardware buttons must generate an event when a button is pressed. Hardware buttons cannot launch any customized user interface elements.
Buttons refers to buttons or keys.
Customized user interface elements include overlays, pop-up dialogs, toasts, or other transitory user interface elements that appears over the Start screen, Windows Store apps, or desktop. They don't include Windows Store apps or desktop apps.
Examples:
The following user interface elements may not be displayed in response to a button press:
-
Showing a customized overlay or a toast in response to the changed state of a keyboard key (for example: Caps Lock, Num Lock).
-
Showing a customized overlay or a toast in response to the changed state of a touchpad
The following user interactions are permitted:
-
Using a designated button or hotkey to launch a default mail client
-
Using a designated button or hotkey to launch a default browser
-
Using a designated button or hotkey to directly launch a desktop application
-
Using a designated button to launch a Windows Store app associated with a file or protocol handler
-
Showing a notification in response to a hardware error (for example: a problem docking or undocking the system
The following buttons must be implemented on a tablet or convertible PC.
|
Button |
Function |
|
Power |
Places the system into standby mode; press and hold for four seconds shuts down the system |
|
Windows Key Button |
Navigation |
|
Volume up and down button |
Controls the audio volume in the PC |
The default orientation is in landscape mode and the Windows Key button must be on the front of the device facing the end user in the center along the bottom bezel. If the system is a convertible, the buttons must be accessible in all configurations. For convertible systems, it is acceptable to have the button off center along the bottom bezel when the convertible is in its tablet mode.
The volume control buttons must be a soft press button type. Volume may be implemented as a single physical button, but must present two distinct interrupts via two distinct GPIO resources for SOCs, one for volume up and one for volume down.
A screen rotation lock button can be implemented. The rotation lock button can either be a press button or a slider that is stateless as long as there is no mechanical position.
The power button (and, if applicable, sleep button and lid switch devices) must be implemented using the ACPI control method button definition described in sections 4.7.2.2.1.2, 4.7.2.2.2, and 4.7.4.2.1 of Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Specification (http://www.acpi.info/spec.htm).
It is acceptable that the Power button be a slider switch as long as the switch automatically slides back to the normal state.
For Windows 8, the SAS signal is sent when the combination of the Windows Key button and the Power Button is pressed.
The Windows button size must be large enough for the Windows Logo artwork as well as the required white space as defined in the Logo License Agreement. The button can be any shape (for example: circular, square, or rectangular).
The Windows button selects an item and resumes the device from the Connected Standby state.
The Windows button must be a soft press button type unless the front of the system is entirely glass. If the front of the system is entirely glass, then the buttons on the front of the bezel may be capacitive as long as they meet the following requirements:
-
The user can always feel the button. Some implementation examples are (but not limited to) haptic feedback, etching, or raised bumps.
-
The button always provides dynamic feedback. Some examples are (but not limited to) force feedback, haptic, button depresses and making clicking sound.
-
Button sends signal on button down and button up. To be compatible with the inbox button driver, the capacitive button must signal up and down using GPIO for SOC systems.
-
The button must be able to recognize the difference between the Windows button press and edge swipe. If the end user happens to swipe in from the edge of the screen and happens to go over the button to invoke functionality of the application or the Windows 8 user experience (charms, snap or settings) from the edge, then the swipe gesture must work. The button must also be able to handle palm rejection in the scenarios where the end user is holding the system so their hand covers the button.
-
Touch controllers are powered off when the screen is powered off so the capacitive button cannot utilize the same controller as the touch screen itself
-
The capacitive button controller must remain powered in Connected standby. If the Windows button is pressed while the system is in connected standby, it must wake the system. The system is subject to the same power draw requirement as documented in System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.CS.ConnectedStandbyDuration.
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
These hardware buttons enable a navigation experience in the absence of a keyboard. |
|
Scenarios: |
The Windows start button is required for user navigation. To log onto the system in a domain environment, end users press Ctrl+Alt+Del. This key combination must be sent in a standardized way so pressing the combination of the Windows Key and the ACPI Power button is the method that is used. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Technical Update: |
7/2/2012 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8005 |
System.Client.Tablet.TabletPCRequiredComponents
Target Feature: System.Client.Tablet
Title: Windows 8 Tablet and convertible PC must include certain devices
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
This version update includes the addition of Gyro, USB and device proximity to the list.
A tablet form factor is defined as a standalone device that combines the PC, display and rechargeable power source in a single chassis. A tablet does not include a permanently attached keyboard and pointing device but can be connected to a port replicator, keyboard and/or clamshell dock.
A convertible form factor is defined as a standalone device that combines the PC, display and rechargeable power source with a mechanically attached keyboard and pointing device in a single chassis. A convertible can be transformed into a tablet where the attached input devices are hidden or removed leaving the display as the only input mechanism.
The battery is capable of charging without running Windows.
All components and devices used in these form factors must meet certification requirements and pass device certification testing for Windows 8 if the product type exists.
The minimum components that make up a tablet and tablet convertible are:
|
Component |
|
Required |
|
Storage |
Space |
At least 10GB of free space after completing OOBE. |
|
|
Storage type |
Meet minimum Microsoft Windows storage requirements |
|
System firmware |
|
UEFI firmware required as documented in section System.Fundamentals.Firmware |
|
Networking |
WLAN |
Required |
|
|
Bluetooth 4.0 |
Required |
|
Graphics |
GPU |
Minimum of Direct3D10 Feature Level 9_3 with WDDM 1.2 driver |
|
|
Screen resolution |
minimum 1366x768 |
|
Touch support |
|
Certified Windows 8 Touch solution |
|
Front/User facing camera |
Min Resolution |
720p. For complete requirements see section System.Client.Webcam |
|
Ambient Light sensor |
Illuminance |
1-30k lux |
|
|
Dynamic range |
5-60K |
|
|
ACPI |
Minimum ACPI 3.0b compliant |
|
Magnetometer |
|
Required |
|
Accelerometer sensor |
Axes |
3 |
|
|
Data rates |
>=50Hz |
|
Audio output |
Speakers |
Required |
|
Gyroscope |
|
Required |
|
USB 2.0 |
|
At least one USB 2.0 controller and exposed port are required. |
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
Tablet and convertibles rely on multi-touch as the primary means of input. These systems are primarily focused on consumption scenarios such as web browsing, media, and casual gaming. It is likely that this form factor may also emerge in the enterprise as a productivity PC. These systems are optimized for consumption and light productivity. Requirements are based on these usage patterns. |
|
Scenarios: |
Requirements for components highlight scenarios from other section in the certification requirements. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8004 |
System.Client.Tablet.Graphics
Description: These requirements describe the graphics requirements for Tablet PCs.
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.Tablet.Graphics.MinimumResolution
-
System.Client.Tablet.Graphics.SupportAllModeOrientations
System.Client.Tablet.Graphics.MinimumResolution
Target Feature: System.Client.Tablet.Graphics
Title: Tablet PCs support minimum resolution and color
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
The minimum native resolution/color depth is 1366x768 at a depth of 32bits. The physical dimensions of the display panel must match the aspect ratio the native resolution. The native resolution of the panel can be greater than 1366 (horizontally) and 768 (vertically).
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This is the minimum screen resolution for Tablet and Tablet convertible PCs. |
|
Scenarios: |
Minimum resolution requirements. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8091 |
System.Client.Tablet.Graphics.SupportAllModeOrientations
Target Feature: System.Client.Tablet.Graphics
Title: Graphics drivers on Tablet systems are required to support all mode orientations
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Graphics drivers on tablet systems are required to support all mode orientations for every resolution enumerated for the integrated panel.
-
A graphics driver is required to enumerate source modes for the integrated display. For each source mode enumerated the graphics driver is required to support each orientation (0, 90, 180 and 270).
-
Each orientation is required even if the integrated panel is in a duplicate or extended topology with another display device. For duplicate mode, it is acceptable to rotate all targets connected to the rotated source. Per path rotation is allowed but not required.
Both the above mentioned requirements are optional for Stereo 3D capable resolutions.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Windows 8 is designing key experiences that depend on the ability of a user to be able to rotate the physical device. For this experience, it is critical that the desktop also rotate to be in sync with the device. Therefore the graphics driver must support each orientation for each mode. |
|
Scenarios: |
User takes a new Windows 8 device and rotates the device from landscape to portrait mode Due to the presence of the accelerometer Windows is able to automatically adjust the desktop screen to match the new orientation There should be no cases where the driver does not support this rotation Alternately, the user can also go to the Display Control Panel and rotate the desktop |
|
Success Metric: |
Not specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not specified |
|
Comments: |
New |
System.Client.UMPC.Graphics
Description: This section describes requirements for graphics devices within ultra mobile PC client systems.
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.UMPC.Graphics.WDDM
System.Client.UMPC.Graphics.WDDM
Target Feature: System.Client.UMPC.Graphics
Title: Display subsystem meets minimum GPU, memory, and resolution requirements for a Basic Windows experience on Ultra Mobile PCs
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
Description
For Windows 7, Ultra Mobile PCs are required to ship with at least Direct3D10 Feature Level 9_3and WDDM v1.1.
-
Minimum display resolution for ultra-mobile implementations is 800x600. 32 MB of memory available for graphics, when native display resolution is configured to 1024x768 or less.
-
A minimum color-depth of 32 bpp.
A DirectX9.L-class GPU that supports Pixel Shader 2.0.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Not Specified |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
New; Graphics-0056 moved to system level requirement |
System.Client.VideoPlayback
Description: The requirements in this section detail the abilities of the graphics subsystem and its ability to playback high definition video content.
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.VideoPlayback.GlitchfreeHDVideoPlayback
-
System.Client.VideoPlayback.GlitchfreePlayback
System.Client.VideoPlayback.GlitchfreeHDVideoPlayback
Target Feature:System.Client.VideoPlayback
Title:System is capable of playing protected and unprotected High-Definition content with no perceivable glitch during playback on both AC and DC power modes
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Required
System is capable of playing back protected and unprotected high-definition video of the following profiles with no perceivable glitch and user experience elements:
-
720p WMV - Traditional Content
-
720p WMV Video (7mbps at 16x9 aspect ratio), WMA Audio 192 kbps, 48khz, 2-chanel 16-bit
-
1280x720 (720p) ~ 7Mbps at Aspect Ratio 16x9,Video: Windows Media Video 9 Advanced Profile, Audio: Windows Media Audio 9 Professional at 384 kbps, 44.1 kHz, 2-channel 24-bit (A/V) 2-pass CBR
-
720p WMV Video (7mbps at 16x9 aspect ratio), WMA Audio 192 kbps, 48khz, 2-chanel 16-bit
-
720p H.264 - Local and Internet Streaming
-
720p H.264 high profile, 5mbps, AAC Audio 192 kbps, 48khz, 2-chanel 24-bit
-
720p H.264 high profile, 5mbps, AAC Audio 192 kbps, 48khz, 2-chanel 24-bit
-
1080p H.264 - Local and Internet Streaming
-
1080p H.264 high profile, 5mbps, AAC Audio 192 kbps, 48 kHz, 2-channel 24 bit
-
1080p H.264 high profile, 5mbps, AAC Audio 192 kbps, 48 kHz, 2-channel 24 bit
-
For DXVA Video drivers, we expect 720p (H.264 and VC-1) core device creation + decoder creation time < 50ms.
Optional
System is capable of playing back high-definition video of the following profiles with no perceivable glitch:
-
Premium TV Content
-
TV 1080i 12mbps
-
TV 1080i 12mbps
-
Complex Camera Content
-
AVCHD 1080i 20-35 mbps, high frame rate
-
AAC Audio 192 kbps, 48 kHz, 2-channel 24 bit
-
AVCHD 1080i 20-35 mbps, high frame rate
Design Notes
If the system has any of the following configurations:
-
Multiple GPUs
-
Multiple output connections
-
It is powered via an AC adapter and used away from an outlet using a rechargeable battery for continuous operation when not plugged in
Then validation of this requirement must be done against each configuration that applies to the system.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Windows is continuing to move further into non-traditional PC locations, such as the living room and other small form factor entertainment devices. This movement drives Windows further into scenarios historically provided by dedicated consumer electronics devices. Consumers increasingly expect their PCs to provide the quality and reliability typically provided by dedicated consumer electronics devices. |
|
Scenarios: |
The system is able to playback high definition video without any glitches. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
New; SYSFUND-0062 |
System.Client.VideoPlayback.GlitchfreePlayback
Target Feature: System.Client.VideoPlayback
Title: System is capable of playing High-Definition content with no perceivable glitch during playback
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
Description
System is capable of playing back high-definition video of the following profile with no perceivable glitch:
-
1280x720 (720p) ~ 7Mbps at Aspect Ratio 16x9
-
Audio: Windows Media Audio 9 Professional at 384 kbps, 44 kHz, 2-channel 24-bit (A/V) 2-pass CBR
-
Video: Windows Media Video 9 Advanced Profile
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Windows continues to move further into non-traditional PC locations, such as the living room and other small form factor entertainment devices. This movement drives Windows further into scenarios historically provided by dedicated consumer electronics devices. Consumers increasingly expect their PCs to provide the quality and reliability typically provided by dedicated consumer electronics devices. To provide compelling multimedia experiences, it is critical for Windows to meet & exceed the digital media experiences provided by current and future generation consumer electronics devices. In addition, user feedback has shown the legacy multimedia capabilities of Windows have not provided the quality multimedia processing that users expect. |
|
Scenarios: |
The ability of the system to playback high definition video without any glitches. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0062 |
System.Client.Webcam
Description: These requirements apply to cameras integrated into the system.
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.Webcam.PhysicalLocation
-
System.Client.Webcam.VideoCaptureAndCamera
System.Client.Webcam.PhysicalLocation
Target Feature: System.Client.Webcam
Title: Systems with a camera must report the physical location of the camera
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
For any camera device that is built into the chassis of the system and has mechanically fixed direction, the firmware must provide the _PLD method and set the panel field (bits[69:67]) to the appropriate value for the panel on which the camera is mounted. For example, Front indicates the camera view the user (webcam), while Back indicates that the camera views away from the end user (still or video camera).
In addition, bit 143:128 (Vertical Offset), and bits 159:144 (Horizontal Offset) must provide the relative location of the camera with respect to the display. This origin is relative to the native pixel addressing in the display component and should match the present display orientation of landscape or portrait. The origin is the lower left hand corner of the display, where positive Horizontal and Vertical Offset values are to the right and up, respectively.
All other fields in the _PLD are optional.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This enables developers the ability to write applications that take advantage of front or rear facing cameras. |
|
Scenarios: |
This enables a common developer platform. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.Webcam.VideoCaptureAndCamera
Target Feature: System.Client.Webcam
Title: Video capture and cameras meet requirements and can support Windows Capture Infrastructure
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Scenarios
-
Previewing through the camera locally (viewfinder)
-
Taking a photo
-
Recording a video
-
Real-time Communication
This requirement applies to systems with non-USB built-in cameras.
Driver Model
A camera driver must be provided. AVStream is the required driver model.
AVStream driver is recommended to be a child driver of the WDDM driver. (IHV graphics driver must report the child slot as a child of the graphics device in DxgkDdiQueryChildRelations with correct AcpiUid. Later IHV driver should report the correct connect status in DxgkDdiQueryChildStatus.
AVStream Camera Driver shall be installed through device driver which meets the Windows security requirement. The driver shall not crash or hang the OS, and shall disallow memory violations.
Pins
The driver is required to expose the following pins types:
-
Capture: Supporting PINNAME_VIDEO_CAPTURE pin category with NV12 format
-
Image: Supporting PINNAME_IMAGE pin category with JPEG format (can be supported by IHV Plug-in Model) and an uncompressed format ( at least one of the following uncompressed formats: RGB32 or NV12). In addition image pin must support software trigger, VideoControlFlag_Trigger.
Optionally, the driver may expose:
-
Preview: Supporting PINNAME_VIDEO_PREVIEW pin category with NV12 format. (This is the video streaming pin with lower priority and potentially lower resolution)
All of the pins must be able to operate both independently and in combination without interfering with each other.
All streaming pins must support progressive format. The driver should set the interlace flag on the media type and the sample correctly.
Resolution & Performance
At least 720p 30 fps must be supported by the capture pin.
Controls
Following controls are recommended:
-
Brightness
-
Contrast
-
Hue
-
White Balance
-
Backlight Compensation
-
Zoom
-
Exposure
-
Focus
Image Stabilization
If there is image stabilization on the device, device must use the Microsoft defined GUID ("1A651206-EB69-4E83-B38F-7DC4CB21442C") for turning on/off this functionality.
If available, latency due to Image Stabilization shall not be more than one frame buffering.
Mirroring
The default state for mirroring must be "not mirrored".
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Developers may write applications that can use any integrated webcams. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Client.Webcam.Specification
Description
Video capture devices are cameras and audio/video input devices that bring streaming data into a PC. Cameras that are included in this section are those that take live streaming audio/video and individual still images and either save the stream to the systems storage or to another computer.
Related Requirements
-
System.Client.Webcam.Specification.CameraRequirements
System.Client.Webcam.Specification.CameraRequirements
Target Feature: System.Client.Webcam.Specification
Title: Video capture and cameras must support resolution, anti-flicker, and audio-video sync
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows RT
Description
If a front or rear facing webcam is integrated in the system, then the following requirements apply
|
Feature |
Specification |
|
Video Resolution, frame rate |
>=720P (Required to support specific resolutions of 1280x720 and640x480): =30 FPS @ 200 lux |
|
Image resolution |
>=0.92 MP (Required to support the resolution of 1280x720) |
|
Anti-Flicker Solution |
Manual Support |
|
Audio-Video sync |
Audio leads video <= 45 ms, Audio lags video <= 90 ms |
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
The camera needs to support scenarios such as taking a photo, recording video or real-time communication. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.DebugPort
Description
The ability to debug a system is crucial to supporting customers in the field and root-causing behavior in the kernel. Requirements in this area support the ability to kernel debug a Windows system.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.DebugPort.SystemExposesDebugInterface
System.Fundamentals.DebugPort.SystemExposesDebugInterface
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.DebugPort
Title: System exposes debug interface that complies with Debug Port Specification
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Windows 8 supports several different debug transports. They are listed below in the preferred order of implementation.
Hardware Debugging Transports:
-
Ethernet Network Interface Card from the following list: http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=237141
-
USB 3.0 - xHCI controller compliant to xHCI debug specification.
-
1394 OHCI compliant FireWire controllers.
-
USB2 OTG (on supported hardware, recommend XHCI debug instead). See the supported hardware list at http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=237141
-
USB 2.0 EHCI debug (the debug enabled port must be exposed).
-
Legacy Serial (16550 compatible programming interface).
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
All hardware debugging transports must meet the following requirements:
-
There must be at least one user accessible debug port on the machine.
-
On retail PC platforms, Microsoft strongly recommends that systems include two user accessible debug ports from the above list. The secondary debug port is required to debug scenarios where the first debug port is in use as part of the scenario. Microsoft is not responsible for debugging or servicing issues that cannot be debugged on the retail platform or reproduced on development platforms.
-
SOC development or prototype platforms provided to Microsoft for evaluation must have a dedicated debug port available for debugging. If the debug port is used for any scenarios that are expected to also be used on retail shipping devices, then there must be a secondary debug port available for debugging. This ensures that SOC development platforms can be used to test and debug all scenarios for all available transports, including USB host and function.
-
All debug device registers must be memory or I/O mapped. For example, the debug device must not be connected behind a shared bus such as SPI or I2C, because this prevents other devices on the same bus from being debugged.
-
When enabled, the debug device must be powered and clocked by the UEFI firmware during preboot, before transferring control to the boot block.
For additional information, see Intel Universal Serial Bus (USB) Specifications
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement is needed to ensure that all hardware solutions running Windows are capable of being debugged. |
|
Scenarios: |
This requirement supports the ability to connect a kernel debugger to a PC or device |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Technical Update: |
7/2/2012 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0003 |
System.Fundamentals.DebugPort.USB
Description
The ability to debug a USB 3 system is crucial to supporting customers in the field and root-causing behavior in the kernel. Requirements in this area support the debugging capability for the xHCI controller based systems via a debug registers. Every system that has xHCI controller and USB3 external port should support via this sport.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.DebugPort.USB.SystemExposesDebugInterfaceUsb
System.Fundamentals.DebugPort.USB.SystemExposesDebugInterfaceUsb
Target Feature:System.Fundamentals.DebugPort.USB
Title:USB 3 system exposes debug interface that complies with Debug Port Specification
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Systems that support USB 3 are required to have xHCI controller(s) compliant to the xHCI debug specification. The xHCI controller(s) shall be memory mapped.
-
There must be at least one user accessible USB 3.0 debug port on the machine.
-
All USB 3.0 ports must protect against a short on the VBus pin such that if another USB host is connected, the USB circuitry is not damaged.
-
USB 3.0 hubs must not be integrated into the SOC or PCH/Southbridge.
For additional information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=58376
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
The goal of this requirement is to ensure systems are debug-capable in the scenario in which USB3 devices are being used. |
|
Scenarios: |
This is to support the ability to connect a kernel debugger to a PC. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8006 |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Description
This feature includes requirements specific to system firmware.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.ACPI
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.ACPIRequired
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.FirmwareSupportsBootingFromDVDDevice
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.FirmwareSupportsUSBDevices
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.InternalPointingDeviceWorksWithExternalPointingDevice
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFIBitLocker
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFIBootEntries
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFICompatibility
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFIDefaultBoot
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFIEncryptedHDD
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFILegacyFallback
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFIPostTime
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFISecureBoot
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFITimingClass
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.ACPI
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: ACPI System Requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
ACPI 5.0 is the relevant revision of the Spec for these requirements.
All systems must meet the following ACPI table requirements.
ACPI Table Requirements
|
Root System Description Pointer (RSDP) |
Required |
|
Root or Extended System Description Table (RSDT or XSDT) |
Required |
|
Fixed ACPI Description Table (FADT) |
Revision 5 is required for Hardware-reduced ACPI platforms and systems that support connected standby platforms |
|
Multiple APIC Description Table (MADT) |
Required |
|
Core System Resources Description (CSRT) |
Required for ARM systems if non-Standard timers or any shared DMA controllers are exposed to the OS |
|
Debug Port Table (DBGP) |
Required. DBG2 table is required instead for Hardware-reduced ACPI platforms and systems that support connected standby platforms. |
|
Differentiated System Description Table (DSDT) |
Required |
|
Firmware Performance Data Table (FPDT) |
Required |
DSDT Requirements
As per ACPI 5.0, all devices in the ACPI namespace must include:
-
A vendor-assigned, ACPI-compliant Hardware ID (_HID object).
-
A set of resources consumed (_CRS object).
In addition, the following conditional requirements apply:
-
If any devices in the namespace share the same Hardware ID, then each is required to have a distinct Unique Identifier (_UID object).
-
If any device in the namespace is enumerated by its parent bus (Plug and Play buses), the address of the device on its parent bus (_ADR object) is required.
-
If any device in the namespace is compatible with a Microsoft-provided driver, the Compatible ID (_CID object) defined for that device type is required.
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) on an System that Supports Connected Standby
GPIO Controllers for pins used by Windows drivers or ASL control methods must appear as devices in the ACPI namespace.
Devices in the namespace that are connected to GPIO pins on an enumerated controller device must:
-
Include GPIO IO Connection resource descriptors in their _CRS for any GPIO I/O pins connected. Include GPIO Interrupt Connection resource descriptors in their _CRS object for any GPIO interrupt pins connected.
Simple Peripheral Bus (SPB) on a System that supports Connected Standby
SPB Controllers for connections used by Windows drivers or ASL control methods must appear as devices in the ACPI namespace.
Devices in the namespace that are connected to an enumerated SPB controller device (UART, I2C, SPI) must include SPB Connection resource descriptors in their _CRS for the SPB Connection(s) used.
Power Button
The power button, whether implemented as an ACPI Control Method Power Button or as part of the Windows-compatible Button Array, must:
-
Be able to cause the system to power-up when required.
-
Generate the Power Button Override Event when held down for 4 seconds.
Control Method Power Button
Systems dependent on built-in (or connected) keyboards/mice for input must conform to the ACPI Control Method Power Button. In addition, systems that support connected standby must:
-
Implement the ACPI Control Method Power Button using a dedicated GPIO interrupt pin to signal button press events.
-
Configure the power buttons GPIO interrupt pin as a non-shared, wake-capable (ExclusiveAndWake) GPIO interrupt connection resource.
-
List the Power Buttons GPIO interrupt connection resource in the ACPI Event Information (_AEI object) of the GPIO controller device to which it is connected.
-
Provide the event method (_Lxx or _Exx object) for the power button event under the GPIO controller device in the ACPI namespace.
NOTE: For systems that require a separate driver to handle power button presses, it is acceptable to have that driver evaluate a control method that performs a Notify() on the Control Method Power Button device instead of using the GPIO-based solution above.
Button Array-based Power Button
Touch-first (keyboard-less) systems must:
-
Implement the Windows-compatible Button Array device.
-
Connect the power button to a dedicated GPIO interrupt pin.
-
Configure the power buttons GPIO interrupt pin as a non-shared, wake-capable (ExclusiveAndWake), Edge-triggered (Edge) GPIO interrupt connection resource, capable of interrupting on both edges (ActiveBoth).
-
List the power buttons GPIO Interrupt connection resource first in the Button Array devices _CRS object.
NOTE: For systems that require a separate driver to handle power button presses, it is acceptable to have that driver call the 5-Button array driver power button event interface instead of using the GPIO-based solution above.
Time and Alarm Device
All battery-powered systems which are not capable of supporting Connected Standby are required to implement the Alarm capabilities of the ACPI Time and Alarm control method device.
Any system that supports Connected Standby that sets the "CMOS RTC Not Present" bit in the IAPC_BOOT_ARCH flags field of the FADT must implement the devices Time capabilities.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Devices and buses that are on the system must have an ACPI namespace to ensure compatibility with Windows. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.ACPIRequired
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: System that support connected standby must contain required ACPI elements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
ACPI 5.0 is the relevant revision of the Spec for these requirements.
Systems that support connected standby contain a hardware abstraction layer (HAL) which is distinct from typical PCs. Connected standby systems also routinely include busses and devices which are not Plug and Play compatible. In these cases, systems that support Connected Standby must include ACPI tables which conform to the Microsoft Windows 8 ACPI Specification for the following devices:
-
USB
-
GPIO
-
Simple peripheral busses
-
Human proximity sensor
-
Ambient light sensor
-
Storage and boot
-
Core system resources
-
Power firmware
-
Boot firmware
-
Runtime firmware
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Devices and buses that are on the system must have an ACPI namespace to ensure compatibility with Windows. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.FirmwareSupportsBootingFromDVDDevice
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: System firmware supports booting from DVD device as defined by the El Torito specification
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
The system firmware must support booting the system DVD. The system firmware or option ROM must support the No-Emulation mode in the "El Torito" Bootable CD-ROM Format Specification, Version 1.0, for installing Windows from optical media, such as bootable DVD media. The primary optical device must be bootable. This requirement applies to the primary optical storage and the primary bus to which the device is attached.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Systems are required to comply with this requirement in order to boot from a DVD drive. |
|
Scenarios: |
Boot the system from DVD device |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0084 |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.FirmwareSupportsUSBDevices
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: System firmware provides USB boot support for USB keyboards, mouse, and hubs
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
The system firmware must: Support USB keyboards and pointing devices during system boot, resume from hibernate, and operating system setup and installation. Support USB input devices at least two levels of physical hubs below the host controller. Support composite input devices by the boot protocol as defined in HID. For Windows 8 systems, it is acceptable to enumerate, but not initialize all devices. If the device is accessed, it must be fully initialize before proceeding.
The USB controller and USB devices must be fully enumerated when:
-
Anything other than the Windows Boot Manager is at the top of the system boot order.
-
A boot next variable has been set to boot to something other than the Windows Boot Manager.
-
On a system where the Windows Boot Manager is at the top of the list, an error case has been hit, such that the firmware fails over from the Windows Boot Manager to the next item in the list.
-
Resuming from hibernate, if the system was hibernated when booted from USB.
-
Firmware Setup is accessed.
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
Without this requirement, users could purchase a system and try to install Windows on it and not be able to because they cannot use their keyboard or mouse. |
|
Scenarios: |
Change settings pre-boot environment with mouse and keyboard and boot from USB. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0071 |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.InternalPointingDeviceWorksWithExternalPointingDevice
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: System that has an integrated or internal pointing device either disables the device or enables dual operation if external pointing device is attached
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
If dual operation is not possible, the system firmware must disable the internal pointing device by default when any external pointing device is detected. When the internal pointing device is disabled in system firmware, no input from the embedded pointing device must be sent to the operating system.
|
Exceptions: |
None. |
|
Business Justification: |
This is for when an external mouse is plugged into a notebook, the system should either disable the internal mouse or touchpad, or both should function properly. |
|
Scenarios: |
This is for when an external mouse is plugged into a PC with an internal mouse. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0026 |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFIBitLocker
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: A system with TPM that supports wired LAN in pre-OS must support the UEFI 2.3.1 EFI_DHCP4_PROTOCOL protocol and the UEFI 2.3.1 EFI_DHCP6_PROTOCOL (and the corresponding service binding protocols)
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Systems which support TPM and wired LAN networking must support EFI_DHCP4_protocol, EFI_DHCP4_SERVICE_BINDING_PROTOCOL, EFI_DHCP6_protocol, and EFI_DHCP6_SERVICE_BINDING_PROTOCOL for wired LAN as defined in UEFI 2.3.1.
At pre-boot, BitLocker must be able to discover its Network Unlock provider on a Windows Deployment Server (WDS) via DHCP, and unlock the OS volume after retrieving a secret from WDS.
Details
All UEFI systems with TPM present and a wired LAN port must support BitLocker Network Unlock. This requires full DHCP support for wired LAN during preboot through a UEFI DHCP driver. Specifically, there must be UEFI driver implementations for EFI_DHCP4_protocol, EFI_DHCP4_SERVICE_BINDING_PROTOCOL, EFI_DHCP6_protocol, and EFI_DHCP6_SERVICE_BINDING_PROTOCOL for wired LAN, as defined in UEFI 2.3.1.
This requirement is "If Implemented" for Server systems and applies only if a Server system is UEFI capable
|
Exceptions: |
This requirement is exempt for systems that are configured with Wireless LAN only. |
|
Business Justification: |
Windows features must work as expected when the requisite hardware is present on a Certified system. UEFI is the core prerequisite of the Windows 8 platform that enables key features in security and performance. |
|
Scenarios: |
Reliability and compatibility with BitLocker |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8107 BitLocker can still be enabled on systems that don't have wired network support, and thus do not have EFI_DHCP{4|6}_PROTOCOL, but Network Key Protector is not available in this case. |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFIBootEntries
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: UEFI firmware honors software control over load option variables
Applicable OS Versions
Windows 8 (x86)
Windows 8 (x64)
Windows RT
Windows Server 2012
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
UEFI systems must allow the Operating System to create both generic and device specific boot entries with Messaging Device path, specifically USB Class Device Path (UEFI version 2.3 main specification section 9.3.5.9). The firmware must respect these settings and not modify them once the OS has changed them. Furthermore, the firmware must accurately report the boot entries to the OS.
Functional Notes
If the device corresponding to a boot entry is not found, it is preferable for the system to proceed to the next boot entry silently, without presenting an error message or requiring user intervention.
If the system is booted from an internal USB device and there is a USB class entry at the top of the boot order, the system should first attempt to boot from external USB devices before attempting internal USB boot devices.
Design Notes
The UEFI specification requires that the software boot manager be allowed to do the boot order programming (UEFI v. 2.3 Section 3.1.1 "Boot Manager Programming").
The firmware should interpret load options and device paths as specified in Section 9 "Protocols Device Path Protocol".
The UEFI specification describes the variables that must be modifiable at runtime in Section 3.2, table 10.
The UEFI specification is available at http://www.UEFI.org.
This requirement is "If Implemented" for Server systems and applies only if a Server system is UEFI capable
|
Exceptions: |
If a system ships with a non-UEFI-compatible OS, this requirement does not apply. |
|
Business Justification: |
Currently boot order modification requires the user to manually change the firmware boot order. This process varies dramatically between OEMs and models. Creating a standardized programmatic way to modify boot order empowers both Microsoft and third-party developers to enable new scenarios. This requirement is already part of the spec and Intel's (the main contributor to the UEFI board as well as the creator of the benchmark firmware implementation) UEFI implementation already complies with the majority of this requirement. Intel has announced that they will shortly upgrade their firmware to fully comply with this requirement (they have a bug with generic entries and boot from USB). |
|
Scenarios: |
Boot and run software from USB |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8105 |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFICompatibility
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: System firmware must meet Windows Compatibility requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
All systems which ship with a UEFI-compatible OS must be compatible with the following sections of the UEFI 2.3.1 specification:
2.3, 3.1, 4.3, 6.1 ~ 6.5, 7.1~7.5, 8.1, 8.2, 9.1, 9.5, 11.2 ~ 11.4, 11.8, 11.9, 12.4, 12.7, 12.8, 12.9, 18.5, 21.1, 21.3, 21.5, 27.1~27.8
For more information, see UEFI Support and Requirements: Microsoft Windows Server 2008 (http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/gg463144).
All Windows 8 systems must boot in UEFI mode by default. Other requirements may add additional sections of compatibility to this list, but this is the baseline.
All systems, except servers, must be certified in UEFI mode without activating CSM. If a system is available with 32bit and/or 64bit UEFI, both configurations must be tested for certification. For server, certification in UEFI mode is only required if UEFI is implemented.
OEMs may ship with CSM mode activated and the enterprise or government customer's licensed OS selection when requested.
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
Compatibility with Windows |
|
Scenarios: |
Compatibility |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFIDefaultBoot
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: All client systems must be able to boot into UEFI boot mode and attempt to boot into this mode by default
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
The System firmware must be able to achieve UEFI mode boot by default. Such a system may also support fallback to legacy BIOS mode boot for deploying OS images which do not support UEFI, if the user explicitly selects that option in the pre-boot UEFI BIOS menu.
This requirement is "If Implemented" for Server systems.
|
Exceptions: |
None. All versions of Windows 8 shall be UEFI-compatible. |
|
Business Justification: |
Support of UEFI is a critical element of the overall Windows 8 experience. |
|
Scenarios: |
Secured Boot |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Although a system may ship with a non-UEFI-compatible OS such as Windows 7, if such a system is ever upgraded to a UEFI-compatible OS such as Windows 8, noncompliance with this requirement results in some features not working. |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFIEncryptedHDD
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: Systems which ship with a self-encrypting hard drive as a storage device must support the UEFI 2.3.1 EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL protocols and shall contain a non-OS partition that can be used to store Windows Recovery Environment.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
If self-encrypted drive support is implemented it must have a UEFI-compatible OS and contain system firmware both conforming to system firmware certification requirements as defined in System.Fundamentals.Firmware and also contain a separate Windows RE partition.
BitLocker shall support self-encrypting drivers that conform to the Encrypted Drive Device Guidelines available at http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/br259095
-
UEFI Trusted Command Support in UEFI 2.3 + UEFI Mantis change number 616 or UEFI 2.3.1
-
Standard v2.3 + errata Bv2 www.uefi.org
-
Mantis Change Number 616 www.uefi.org (This is not part of v2.3)
-
Standard v2.3 + errata Bv2 www.uefi.org
All necessary partitions have to be created, managed individually pre/post encryption. The Windows RE partition must always be separate and outside of the OS/encryption partition.
If Windows RE is on the system partition, the size is 350 MB. If it's not the system partition, then it's 300 MB. This is assuming MBR layout. (For GPT, Windows RE is always separate from the ESP, hence 300 MB.)
This requirement is "If Implemented" for Server systems and applies only if a Server system is UEFI capable
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Support of UEFI is a critical element of the overall Windows 8 experience. |
|
Scenarios: |
BitLocker |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8103 |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFILegacyFallback
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: System firmware must not fall back to legacy BIOS mode without explicit user action
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
If the system ships with a UEFI-compatible OS, system firmware must be implemented as UEFI and it must be able to achieve UEFI boot mode by default. Such a system may also support fallback to legacy BIOS boot on systems with OS which do not support UEFI, but only if the user selects that option in a pre-boot firmware user interface. Legacy option ROMs also may not be loaded by default.
"Explicit User Action" means that end user (or in case of enterprise customer, the IT pro) must manually access the pre-boot firmware configuration screen and change the setting. It may not ship in the BIOS mode by default and programmatic methods which can be attacked by malware are not acceptable.
All systems with Class 2 UEFI must not fall back to legacy BIOS mode nor load legacy Option ROMs without explicit user action within the pre-boot UEFI configuration UI.
An OEM may not ship a 64-bit system which defaults to legacy BIOS or loads legacy option ROMs if that system ships with a UEFI-compatible OS.
When Secure Boot is Enabled, Compatibility Support Modules (CSM) must NOT be loaded. Compatibility Support Modules are always prohibited on systems that support connected standby.
This requirement is "If Implemented" for Server systems.
|
Exceptions: |
None. All versions of Windows 8 shall be UEFI-compatible. |
|
Business Justification: |
Support of UEFI is a critical element of the overall Windows 8 experience. |
|
Scenarios: |
Secured Boot |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Although a system may ship with a non-UEFI-compatible OS, if that system is ever upgraded to a UEFI-compatible OS, noncompliance with this requirement results in some features not working. |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFIPostTime
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: System must meet POST time requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
All systems meet the following POST time requirements as reported through the Firmware Performance Data Table (FPDT) ACPI table. POST begins with system firmware initialization and ends with hand off to the OS Loader. POST is measured from the default boot path for the system. On x86 and x64 platforms, the default boot path is "hybrid boot", which is the S4 system state as defined in ACPI. The default boot path on the ARM platform is the S5 system state as defined in ACPI.
-
Systems with SSD or hybrid SSD must POST in 2 seconds or less. A hybrid SSD has both SSD storage and spinning disks.
-
Systems with spinning disks must POST in 4 seconds or less.
-
If a system has a TPM and initializes it, an additional 300ms can be added to minimum POST time requirements (for example, 2.3 seconds for SSD based systems).
-
All systems that ship with an integrated display (for example: tablets, clamshells, all in ones) are required to meet the POST time requirement.
|
Exceptions |
The following configurations are exempt from this requirement:
|
|
Business Justification: |
Increase system performance. |
|
Scenarios: |
Performance |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Technical Update: |
7/2/2012 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8114 |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFISecureBoot
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: All client systems must support UEFI Secure boot
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Note: These requirements are "If Implemented" for Server systems and apply only if a Server system supports UEFI Secure Boot.
-
Mandatory. For the purposes of UEFI Secure Boot, the platform shall expose an interface to Secure Boot, whereby the system firmware is compliant with the following sections and sub-sections of UEFI version 2.3.1 Errata B:
-
7.1
-
7.2
-
7.2.1
-
27.2
-
27.5 - 27.8 (as further profiled below).
-
7.1
-
Mandatory. Secure Boot must ship enabled Configure UEFI Version 2.3.1 Errata B variables SecureBoot=1 and SetupMode=0 with a signature database (EFI_IMAGE_SECURITY_DATABASE) necessary to boot the machine securely pre-provisioned, and include a PK that is set and a valid KEK database. The system uses this database to verify that only trusted code (for example: trusted signed boot loader) is initialized, and that any unsigned image or an image that is signed by an unauthorized publisher does not execute. The contents of the signature database is determined by the OEM, based on the required native and third-party UEFI drivers, respective recovery needs, and the OS Boot Loader installed on the machine. The following Microsoft-provided EFI_CERT_X509 signature shall be included in the signature database: "CN=Microsoft Windows Production PCA 2011" and "Cert Hash(sha1): 58 0a 6f 4c c4 e4 b6 69 b9 eb dc 1b 2b 3e 08 7b 80 d0 67 8d" which shall use the following SignatureOwner GUID: {77fa9abd-0359-4d32-bd60-28f4e78f784b}, must also be included in the form of either an EFI_CERT_X509_GUID or EFI_CERT_RSA2048_GUID type.
-
Note: Must NOT contain the following certificate: "CN=Microsoft Windows PCA 2010" and "Cert Hash(sha1): c0 13 86 a9 07 49 64 04 f2 76 c3 c1 85 3a bf 4a 52 74 af 88"
-
Note II: Windows Server systems may ship with Secure Boot disabled, but all other provisions of this sub-requirement must be met
-
Note: Must NOT contain the following certificate: "CN=Microsoft Windows PCA 2010" and "Cert Hash(sha1): c0 13 86 a9 07 49 64 04 f2 76 c3 c1 85 3a bf 4a 52 74 af 88"
-
Mandatory. When Secure Boot is Enabled, Compatibility Support Modules (CSM) must NOT be loaded. Compatibility Support Modules are always prohibited on Connected Standby systems.
-
Mandatory. The initial UEFI signature databases (db) shall be created with the EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS attribute stored in firmware flash and may be updated only with an OEM-signed firmware update or through UEFI authenticated variable write.
-
Mandatory. Support for the UEFI "forbidden" signature database (EFI_IMAGE_SECURITY_DATABASE1) must be implemented.
-
Mandatory. The platform shall ship with an initial, possibly empty, "forbidden" signature database (EFI_IMAGE_SECURITY_DATABASE1) created with the EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_ACCESS attribute. When a signature is added to the forbidden signature database, upon reboot, any image certified with that signature must not be allowed to initialize/execute.
-
Mandatory. Secure Boot must be rooted in a protected or ROM-based Public Key. Secure Boot must be rooted in an RSA public key with a modulus size of at least 2048 bits, and either be based in unalterable ROM or otherwise protected from alteration by a secure firmware update process, as defined below.
-
Mandatory. Secure firmware update process. If the platform firmware is to be serviced, it must follow a secure update process. To ensure the lowest level code layer is not compromised, the platform must support a secure firmware update process that ensures only signed firmware components that can be verified using the signature database (and are not invalidated by the forbidden signature database) can be installed. UEFI Boot Services variables must be hardware-protected and preserved across flash updates. The Flash ROM that stores the UEFI BIOS code must be protected. Flash that is typically open at reset (to allow for authenticated firmware updates) must subsequently be locked before running any unauthorized code. The firmware update process must also protect against rolling back to insecure versions, or non-production versions that may disable secure boot or include non-production keys. A physically present user may however override the rollback protection manually. Further, it is recommended that manufacturers writing BIOS code adhere to the NIST guidelines set out in NIST SP 800-147 (http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-147/NIST-SP800-147-April2011.pdf), BIOS Protection Guidelines, which provides guidelines for building features into the BIOS that help protect it from being modified or corrupted by attackers. For example, by using cryptographic digital signatures to authenticate BIOS updates.
-
Mandatory. Signed Firmware Code Integrity Check. Firmware that is installed by the OEM and is either read-only or protected by a secure firmware update process, as defined above, may be considered protected. Systems shall verify that all unprotected firmware components, UEFI drivers, and UEFI applications are signed using minimum RSA-2048 with SHA-256 (MD5 and SHA-1 are prohibited), and verify that UEFI applications and drivers that are not signed as per these requirements will fail to run (this is the default policy for acceptable signature algorithms). If an images signature is not found in the authorized database, or is found in the forbidden database, the image must not be started, and instead, information about it shall be placed in the Image Execution Information Table.
-
Mandatory. UEFI firmware and driver implementations must be resistant to malicious input from untrusted sources. Incomplete input validation may result in buffer overflows, integer and pointer corruption, memory overwrites, and other vulnerabilities, compromising the runtime integrity of authenticated UEFI components.
-
Mandatory. Verify Signature of all Boot Apps and Boot Loaders. Upon power-on, the platform shall start executing boot firmware and use public key cryptography as per algorithm policy to verify the signatures of all images in the boot sequence up-to and including the Windows Boot Manager.
-
Mandatory. Microsoft Key Encryption Key (KEK) is provisioned A valid Microsoft-provided KEK is included in the KEK database. Microsoft provides the KEK in the form of either an EFI_CERT_X509_GUID or EFI_CERT_RSA2048_GUID type signature. The Microsoft KEK signature uses the following SignatureOwner GUID: {77fa9abd-0359-4d32-bd60-28f4e78f784b}.
-
Mandatory. PKpub verification. The PKpub key is owned by the OEM and stored in firmware flash. The private-key counterpart to PKpub is PKpriv, which controls Secure Boot policy on all OEM-manufactured devices, and its protection and use must be secured against un-authorized use or disclosure. PKpub must exist and the operating system must be able to read the value and verify that it exists with proper key length.
-
Mandatory. No in-line mechanism is provided whereby a user can bypass Secure Boot failures and boot anyway Signature verification override during boot when Secure Boot is enabled is not allowed. A physically present user override is not permitted for UEFI images that fail signature verification during boot. If a user wants to boot an image that does not pass signature verification, they must explicitly disable Secure Boot on the target system.
-
Mandatory. UEFI Shells and related applications. UEFI Modules that are not required to boot the platform must not be signed by any production certificate stored in "db", as UEFI applications can weaken the security of Secure Boot. For example, this includes and is not limited to UEFI Shells as well as manufacturing, test, debug, RMA, & decommissioning tools. Running these tools and shells must require that a platform administrator disables Secure Boot.
-
Mandatory. Secure Boot Variable. The firmware shall implement the SecureBoot variable as documented in Section 3.2 "Globally Defined Variables' of UEFI Specification Version 2.3.1 Errata B"
-
Mandatory. On non-ARM systems, the platform MUST implement the ability for a physically present user to select between two Secure Boot modes in firmware setup: "Custom" and "Standard". Custom Mode allows for more flexibility as specified in the following:
-
It shall be possible for a physically present user to use the Custom Mode firmware setup option to modify the contents of the Secure Boot signature databases and the PK. This may be implemented by simply providing the option to clear all Secure Boot databases (PK, KEK, db, dbx), which puts the system into setup mode.
-
If the user ends up deleting the PK then, upon exiting the Custom Mode firmware setup, the system is operating in Setup Mode with SecureBoot turned off.
-
The firmware setup shall indicate if Secure Boot is turned on, and if it is operated in Standard or Custom Mode. The firmware setup must provide an option to return from Custom to Standard Mode which restores the factory defaults. On an ARM system, it is forbidden to enable Custom Mode. Only Standard Mode may be enabled.
-
It shall be possible for a physically present user to use the Custom Mode firmware setup option to modify the contents of the Secure Boot signature databases and the PK. This may be implemented by simply providing the option to clear all Secure Boot databases (PK, KEK, db, dbx), which puts the system into setup mode.
-
Mandatory. Enable/Disable Secure Boot. On non-ARM systems, it is required to implement the ability to disable Secure Boot via firmware setup. A physically present user must be allowed to disable Secure Boot via firmware setup without possession of PKpriv. A Windows Server may also disable Secure Boot remotely using a strongly authenticated (preferably public-key based) out-of-band management connection, such as to a baseboard management controller or service processor. Programmatic disabling of Secure Boot either during Boot Services or after exiting EFI Boot Services MUST NOT be possible. Disabling Secure Boot must not be possible on ARM systems.
-
Mandatory. If the firmware is reset to factory, then any customized Secure Boot variables are also factory reset. If the firmware settings are reset to factory defaults, all custom-set variables shall be erased and the OEM PKpub shall be re-established along with the original, manufacturer-provisioned signature databases.
-
Mandatory. OEM mechanism exists to remediate failed EFI boot components up to and including the Windows OS loader (bootmgr.efi). Images in the EFI boot path that fail Secure Boot signature verification MUST not be executed, and the EFI_IMAGE_EXECUTION_INFO_TABLE entry for that component shall be updated with the reason for the failure. The UEFI boot manager shall initiate recovery according to an OEM-specific strategy for all components up to and including Windows bootmgr.efi.
-
Mandatory. A working Windows RE image must be present on all Windows 8 client systems The Windows Recovery image must be present in the factory image on every Secure Boot capable system. To support automated recovery and provide a positive user experience on Secure Boot systems, the Windows RE image must be present and enabled by default. As part of the Windows 8 Trusted Boot work enhancements have been made to Windows RE to allow optimized recovery from signature verification failures in Secure Boot. OEMs must include Windows RE as part of their factory image on all Windows 8 client systems.
-
Mandatory. Firmware-based backup and restore. If the OEM provides a mechanism to backup boot critical files (for example: EFI drivers and boot applications), it must be in a secure location only accessible and serviceable by firmware. The OEM may provide the capacity via firmware or other backup store to store backup copies of boot critical files and recovery tools. If such a store is implemented, the solution must also have the capability to restore the target files onto the system without the need for external media or user intervention. This is a differentiator for the OEM in failover protection, used if the Windows OS loader (bootmgr.efi) or other boot critical components fail, preventing Windows native recovery solutions to execute.
-
Mandatory. Firmware-based backup synchronization. Backup copies of boot critical components (for example: EFI drivers and boot applications) stored in firmware must be serviced in sync with updates to same files on the system If the system has the capability to store a backup copy of the Windows OS loader (bootmgr.efi), and potentially other critical boot components, the files must be serviced on the same schedule as their counterparts in use on the live system. If the Windows OS loader is updated by Windows Update, then the backup copy of bootmgr.efi stored in firmware must be updated on the next boot.
-
Mandatory. All Windows 8 client systems must support a secondary boot path. For all Windows 8 systems configured for Secure Boot, there must be an alternate boot path option that is followed by the firmware in the event that the primary Windows OS loader fails. The second boot path may point either to the default shadow copy installed by Windows to the system backup store (<EFI System Volume>\EFI\Boot\boot<platform>.efi ), or to a copy stored by the OEM firmware-based mechanism. This alternate path could be a file in executable memory, or point to a firmware-based remediation process that rolls a copy out of the OEM predetermined backup store.
-
Mandatory. All Windows 8 client systems must support a USB boot path for recovery purposes. For all Windows 8 systems configured for Secure Boot, there is a last resort of booting from USB.
-
Mandatory. Supporting GetVariable() for the EFI_IMAGE_SECURITY_DATABASE (both authorized and forbidden signature database) and the SecureBoot variable.
-
Mandatory. Supporting SetVariable() for the EFI_IMAGE_SECURITY_DATABASE (both authorized and forbidden signature database), using an authorized KEK for authentication.
-
Mandatory. Reserved Memory for Windows Secure Boot UEFI Variables. A total of at least 64 KB of non-volatile NVRAM storage memory must be reserved for NV UEFI variables (authenticated and unauthenticated, BS and RT) used by UEFI Secure Boot and Windows, and the maximum supported variable size must be at least 32kB. There is no maximum NVRAM storage limit.
-
Mandatory. During normal firmware updates the following must be preserved:
-
The Secure Boot state & configuration (PK, KEK, db, dbx, SetupMode, SecureBoot)
-
All UEFI variables with VendorGuid {77fa9abd-0359-4d32-bd60-28f4e78f784b}
-
A physically-present user who authenticates to the firmware may change, reset, or delete these values
-
The Secure Boot state & configuration (PK, KEK, db, dbx, SetupMode, SecureBoot)
-
Mandatory. The platform shall support EFI variables that are:
-
accessible only during the boot services or also accessible in the runtime phase;
-
non-volatile; and
-
possible to update only after proper authorization, for example, being properly signed.
-
accessible only during the boot services or also accessible in the runtime phase;
The platform must support EFI variables with any valid combination of the following UEFI 2.3.1 variable attributes set:
EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE EFI_VARIABLE_TIME_BASED_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS
Mandatory. Connected Standby systems must meet all of the requirements cited in both "system.fundamentals.firmware.uefisecureboot" and "system.fundamentals.firmware.uefisecureboot.connectedstandby".
The documents referenced in this document may be requested by contacting http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=237130.
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
Support of UEFI is a critical element of the overall Windows 8 experience. |
|
Scenarios: |
Secure Boot |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Although a system may ship with a non-UEFI-compatible OS, if that system is ever upgraded to a UEFI-compatible OS, noncompliance with this requirement results in some features not working. |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFITimingClass
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: System firmware must expose timing and class information
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
System firmware shall declare its runtime performance measurements by conforming to ACPI 5.2.23 with a populated FPDT. Specifically, the firmware basic boot performance data record defined in 5.2.23.7 and 5.2.23.8 shall be populated.
ACPI 5.2.23 is equally valid for Class 2 and Class 3 UEFI boots as well as Class 2 boots with CSM (for example, see Table 5-109). During a Class 2 boot with CSM, several fields in the performance record are set to zero, indicating a non-UEFI boot (and thus a Class 2 system firmware implementation). No additional class information is required to meet the requirement.
|
Exceptions: |
None. All Windows 8 versions shall be ACPI 5.0 capable. |
|
Business Justification: |
All of Windows is instrumented for co-engineering collaboration and as an aid to debugging and tuning. Instrumentation is also good for detecting component interactions and regressions. System firmware is a notable exception to this. This requirement closes that gap. |
|
Scenarios: |
Reliability and co-engineering. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
ACPI 5.2.23 also includes tables for declaring S3 suspend and S3 resume performance. It is recommended that firmware also update these fields but it is not required. The exact method for the system firmware to take the measurement of its own performance is not defined here. Each firmware implementation may define its own method so long as it conforms to the ACPI 5 spec. |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.Update
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware
Title: System firmware must meet the requirements in order to support system and/or device firmware updates using firmware driver package.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
The requirements are required on ARM systems and are if-implemented for other systems. These requirements must be met by any system that updates system and/or device firmware using the Windows firmware driver package mechanism.
-
The ESRT table must define at least one firmware resource (ESRE) in the resource list, which must include a system firmware resource.
-
Only one system firmware resource can be defined in the ESRT.
-
No two resources in the ESRT table are permitted to have the same firmware class GUID.
-
ESRE must provide appropriate status code including success or failed firmware update attempt, on the subsequent boot, to the OS.
-
Firmware for every resource defined by the ESRT must be upgradable to a newer version.
-
Firmware version of a particular resource must not break compatibility with firmware versions of other resources.
-
Firmware must provide the lowest supported firmware version using the field "LowestSupportedFirmwareVersion" in the ESRE table. Firmware must not allow rollback to any version lower than the lowest supported version. Whenever a security related update has successfully been made, this field must be updated to match the "FirmwareVersion" field in the ESRE. When the lowest firmware version does not match the current firmware version, firmware must allow rollbacks to any version between the current version and the lowest supported version (inclusive).
-
Firmware must seamlessly recover from failed update attempts if it is not able to transfer control to the OS after an update is applied.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
System and Device firmware updates are applied uniformly across all products running Windows 8. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.Boot
Description: This section describes boot requirements for all client systems.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.Boot.EitherGraphicsAdapter
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.Boot.SystemWithBootDeviceGreaterThan
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.Boot.EitherGraphicsAdapter
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware.Boot
Title: System firmware must be able to boot a system with onboard or integrated graphics and with multiple graphics adapters
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
Description
Systems with GPUs on the system board and mobile systems that can use a docking station with PCI slots must provide a means in the system firmware setup utility to compel the system to use the onboard graphics device to boot. This capability is required so the onboard graphics device can be used in a multiple-monitor configuration and for hot undocking a mobile system.
If the system includes PCI, AGP, or PCI Express expansion slots, the system firmware must be able to boot a system with multiple graphics adapters. The system BIOS must designate one device as the VGA device and disable VGA on all other adapters. A system with an integrated graphics chipset and one or more discrete graphics adapters must be able to disable the integrated graphics chipset if the integrated graphics chipset cannot function as a non-VGA chipset.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Not Specified |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0080 |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.Boot.SystemWithBootDeviceGreaterThan
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware.Boot
Title: Systems with a boot device with a capacity greater than 2.2 terabytes must comply with requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows RT
Description
Systems with a boot device with a capacity greater than 2.2 terabytes must comply with the following requirements:
-
The system must be 64-bit.
-
The system must comply with Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) 1.10 on Intel Itanium systems, and with native Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) 2.0 or later on x64 systems.
-
The system must comply with Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) Specification version 4.0. Specifically, the system must be able to support legacy or Operating System-directed configuration and Power Management (OSPM)/ACPI mode.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Disk drive vendors are ready to ship greater than 2.2 TB disks into the market in 2010. OEM vendors are also preparing greater than 2.2 TB boot solutions for their new system platforms. To protect Microsoft partners' investment and provide a good user experience with a greater than 2.2 TB disk drive, Microsoft only supports a greater than 2.2 TB boot scenario in UEFI systems. This certification requirement provides the general design guidance for system vendors and IHVs to develop hardware, firmware and drivers that support these disks. |
|
Scenarios: |
Device compatibility |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
December 1, 2010 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0229 |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.CS
Description:This feature includes requirements specific to system firmware for systems that support connected standby.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.CS.CryptoCapabilities
-
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.CS.UEFISecureBoot.ConnectedStandby
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.CS.CryptoCapabilities
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware.CS
Title: System that support Connected Standby must include cryptographic capabilities to meet customer expectations on platform speed and performance
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows 8 (x64)
Description
Since all components in the boot path as well as many performance-critical OS subsystems invoke cryptographic functions, run-time performance of these functions is critical. The following requirements have been drafted to help ensure sufficient cryptographic capabilities are in place to meet customer expectations on platform speed and performance
-
Mandatory. The platform must meet cryptographic performance requirements as stated in Table 1. The platform may meet these requirements through any combination of hardware or software. The following general remarks apply to all algorithms in Table 1:
-
The platform must pass the Windows Hardware Certification Kit test "Storage Performance EMMC" with a "CPU Utilization Percentage" value of less than 20%. "CPU Utilization Percentage" is the average CPU usage over the duration of the test for the entire system under test.
-
Target performance must be achieved in a multi-threaded test. The number of threads is determined by querying the property named "HardwareThreads" on the BCrypt provider through the CNG BCryptGetProperty interface. The provider is required to return a DWORD value in response. If the provider does not support this property, the test is run single-threaded.
-
When cryptographic acceleration engines are used: Due to the overhead involved in dispatching requests to hardware acceleration engines, it is recommended that small requests be handled in software. Similarly, it is recommended that vendors consider using CPU-based cryptography to improve throughput when all cryptographic acceleration engines are fully utilized, idle capacity is available on the CPU, and the device is in a high-performance mode (such as when connected to AC power).
-
The platform must pass the Windows Hardware Certification Kit test "Storage Performance EMMC" with a "CPU Utilization Percentage" value of less than 20%. "CPU Utilization Percentage" is the average CPU usage over the duration of the test for the entire system under test.
-
Mandatory. The platform must implement the EFI_HASH_PROTOCOL from UEFI Industry Group, Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Specification version 2.3.1 Errata B. The EFI_HASH_PROTOCOL implementation must be accessible from Windows pre-Operating System code, specifically in the Boot Services phase of platform boot. Both the UEFI hash protocols EFI_HASH_ALGORITHM_SHA1_NOPAD_GUID and EFI_HASH_ALGORITHM_SHA256_NOPAD_GUID must be supported, and the implementation must support passing a Message at least 10 Mbytes long (Note: No padding must be applied at any point to the input data).
-
Mandatory. To make entropy generation capabilities available to Windows pre-Operating System code, the platform shall support the EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL for pre-Operating System read of at least 256 bits of entropy in a single call; in other words, 256 bits of full entropy from a source with security strength of at least 256 bits. The protocol definition can be found in Microsoft Corporation, "UEFI Entropy-Gathering Protocol".
-
Mandatory. All cryptographic capabilities in accordance with Table 1 shall be accessible from the runtime OS in kernel mode, through the interface specified in Microsoft Corporation, "BCrypt Profile for SOC Acceleration".
-
Optional. It is recommended that the platform's cryptographic capabilities also be accessible from the runtime OS in user mode, through the interface previously referenced in Requirement 4.
-
Mandatory. The OS interface library shall be implemented in such a way that when an unprivileged process is operating on a given key in a given context, it shall not be able to access the key material or perform key operations associated with other contexts.
-
Optional. It is highly recommended that the RNG capability of the platform be exposed through an OS entropy source through the interface specified in Microsoft Corporation, "BCrypt Profile for SOC Acceleration," previously referenced in Requirement 4.
-
Optional. (Applies when a cryptographic acceleration engine is used) It should be possible to maintain and perform cryptographic operations on at least three distinct symmetric keys or two symmetric keys and one asymmetric key simultaneously in the acceleration engine.
Table 1: Algorithm-specific requirements. The "Category" column classifies algorithms as mandatory to support at the software interface as per requirement 4 (M), or optional (O). Note that all algorithms that are accelerated in hardware must also be exposed through the software interface.
|
Algorithm |
Category |
Modes |
Mandatory Supported Key Size(s) |
Remarks |
|
3-DES |
O |
ECB, CBC, CFB8 |
112, 168 |
|
|
AES |
M |
ECB, CBC, CFB8, CFB128, CCM, CMAC, GCM, GMAC |
128, 192, 256 |
Performance >= 60 MB/s for AES-128-CBC and AES-128-ECB encryption and decryption as measured at the CNG kernel-mode BCrypt interface when processing 32 KB blocks. |
|
O |
CTR, XTS, IAPM |
128, 192, 256 |
||
|
RSA |
O |
PKCS #1 v1.5, PSS, OAEP |
512 to 16384 in 8-byte increments |
Public key performance for 2048-bit keys (and public exponent F4 (0x10001)) when verifying PKCS#1v1.5 padded signatures, measured at the kernel mode BCrypt interface <=0.6 ms/verification. |
|
ECC |
O |
ECDSA, ECDH |
256 |
If implemented, must support Elliptic curve P-256 defined in National Institute for Standards and Technology, "Digital Signature Standard", FIPS 186-3, June 2009. |
|
SHA-1 |
O |
Performance>60 MB/s as measured at the CNG kernel-mode BCrypt interface when processing 4 KB blocks. |
||
|
HMAC-SHA1 |
O |
|||
|
SHA-256 |
O |
Performance>60 MB/s as measured at the CNG kernel-mode BCrypt interface when processing 4 KB blocks. |
||
|
HMAC SHA-256 |
O |
|||
|
RNG |
M |
Entropy source with optional FIPS 800-90-based DRBG |
Security strength must be at least 256 bits. Note that exposing this functionality through the UEFI Entropy-Gathering Protocol is required (see Requirement 3) and exposing it as an OS entropy source is recommended (see Requirement 7). |
1 The Connected Standby vendor shall supply documentation indicating, and allowing Microsoft to estimate, the quality of the entropy source. The entropy shall be assessed using the min-entropy method of Appendix C of National Institute for Standards and Technology, Recommendation for Random Number Generation using Deterministic Random Bit Generators, FIPS 800-90, March 2007 and must surpass or be equal to 256 bits before the runtime OS starts.
2 This specification must be requested explicitly from Microsoft. To request the current version, please contact http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=237130.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Core cryptographic functions are used in Windows to provide platform integrity as well as protection of user data. Therefore, in order to have a safe and usable platform, these cryptographic building blocks must achieve certain standards of security and performance. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Technical Update: |
7/2/2012 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8312 |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.CS.UEFISecureBoot.ConnectedStandby
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Firmware.CS.UEFISecureBoot
Title: All client systems that support Connected Standby must support UEFI Secure Boot
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
-
Mandatory. Connected-Standby systems must meet all of the requirements cited in this section and under System.Fundamentals.Firmware.Uefisecureboot section.
-
Mandatory. Boot Integrity. SOC hardware uses on-die ROM or One-Time Programmable (OTP) memory for storing initial boot code and initial public key (or hash of initial public key) used to provide boot integrity, and provides power-on reset logic to execute from on-die ROM or secure on-die SRAM.
-
MANDATORY. Secure Boot launch of Windows 8 BootMgr must not require use of an Allowed DB entry other than the Microsoft-provided EFI_CERT_X509 signature with "CN=Microsoft Windows Production PCA 2011" and "Cert Hash(sha1): 58 0a 6f 4c c4 e4 b6 69 b9 eb dc 1b 2b 3e 08 7b 80 d0 67 8d.
-
MANDATORY. On ARM, the UEFI Allowed database ("db") must not contain any other entry than the Microsoft-provided EFI_CERT_X509 signature with "CN=Microsoft Windows Production PCA 2011" and "Cert Hash(sha1): 58 0a 6f 4c c4 e4 b6 69 b9 eb dc 1b 2b 3e 08 7b 80 d0 67 8d.
-
Mandatory. The policy for acceptable signature algorithms (and padding schemes) shall be possible to update. The exact method for updating the policy is determined by each authority (for example: Microsoft determines policies for binaries it is responsible for; SOC vendor for firmware updates). It is recognized that the initial ROM code need not have an ability to update the initial signature scheme.
-
Mandatory. The platform shall maintain and enforce a policy with regards to signature authorities for firmware and pre-Operating System components; the policy (and hence the set of authorities) shall be possible to update. The update must happen either as a result of actions by a physically present authorized user or by providing a policy update signed by an existing authority authorized for this task. On ARM platforms, the physical presence alone is not sufficient. Signature authority (db or KEK) updates must be authenticated on ARM platforms.
-
Mandatory. Upon power-on, the platform shall start executing read-only boot firmware stored on-die and use public key cryptography as per algorithm policy to verify the signatures of all images in the boot sequence up-to and including the Windows Boot Manager.
-
Mandatory. Protection of physical memory from unauthorized internal DMA (for example: GPU accessing memory outside of video-specific memory) and all external DMA access to the SOC. The firmware shall enable this protection as early as feasible, preferably within the initial boot firmware.
-
Optional. The memory containing the initial boot firmware (executing in SRAM) must be made inaccessible upon jumping to the next validated stage of the boot sequence and the only way for the system to access this code again is to perform a power-on-reset.
-
Mandatory. The platform shall enforce set policy with regards to replacement of firmware components. The policy must include protection against rollback. It is left to the platform vendor to define the exact method for policy enforcement, but the signature verification of all firmware updates must pass and the update must be identified in such a manner that a later version component cannot, without proper authorization (for example: physical presence), be replaced by an earlier version component where earlier and later may be defined by a (signed) version number, for example.
-
Optional. The platform shall offer at least 112 logical eFuse bits to support platform firmware revision control in accordance with the above requirement.
-
Mandatory. Physical Security Requirements. In retail parts, once the SOC is configured for Production mode, the hardware must disable all external hardware debug interfaces such as JTAG that may be used to modify the platform's security state, and disable all hardware test modes and disable all scan chains. The disabling must be permanent unless re-enablement unconditionally causes all device-managed keys to be rendered permanently erased.
-
Mandatory. On ARM platforms Secure Boot Custom Mode is not allowed. A physically present user cannot override Secure Boot authenticated variables (for example: PK, KEK, db, dbx).
-
Mandatory. Platforms shall be UEFI Class Three (see UEFI Industry Group, Evaluating UEFI using Commercially Available Platforms and Solutions, version 0.3, for a definition) with no Compatibility Support Module installed or installable. BIOS emulation and legacy PC/AT boot must be disabled.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Systems that support connected standby must be secure. |
|
Scenarios: |
Secured Boot |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
When Secure Boot is Enabled, Compatibility Support Modules (CSM) must NOT be loaded. Compatibility Support Modules are always prohibited on Connected Standby systems. Support Modules (CSM) must NOT be loaded. Compatibility Support Modules are always prohibited on Connected Standby systems. |
System.Fundamentals.Graphics
Description: Base for Graphics on Systems
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.FirmwareSupportsLargeAperture
-
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.MicrosoftBasicDisplayDriver
-
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.MultipleOperatingMode
-
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.NoRebootUpgrade
-
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.Windows7.MultipleOperatingModes
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.FirmwareSupportsLargeAperture
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Graphics
Title: 32-bit and 64-bit system firmware supports large aperture graphic adapters
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
The system firmware (BIOS/UEFI) must support large aperture graphics adapters. The 32-bit system firmware (BIOS/UEFI) must be able to support at least 256 MB aperture. On 64-bit systems the firmware (BIOS/UEFI) must be able to support at least 1GB aperture.
A system that supports multiple graphics adapters must ensure sufficient resources for each adapter. For example on a 32bit system with 4 graphics adapters, each adapter must receive at least 256MB memory resources each on the PCI bus.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
The purpose of this requirement is to ensure that sufficient memory resources can be allocated on the PCI bus for large memory graphics adapters so that the system boots successfully. This enables support for graphics adapters with larger size of memory that can be accessed over the bus by the host CPU. |
|
Scenarios: |
Graphics adapter just works. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
This was the Windows 7 SYSFUND-0073 requirement |
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.MicrosoftBasicDisplayDriver
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Graphics
Title: System is compatible with the Microsoft Basic Display Driver
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
The System must boot in a mode where the frame buffer used by the Microsoft basic display driver is displayed whenever the Microsoft display driver writes to the frame buffer. No other driver is involved to accomplish this output. The frame buffer must be linear and in BGRA format.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Ensures compatibility with the Windows OS. |
|
Scenarios: |
Driver reliability and compatibility. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
New; SYSFUND-8090 |
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.MultipleOperatingMode
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Graphics
Title: If a Windows 8 system has Multiple GPU's, the graphics and system test must pass in every "Operating Mode"
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Multiple GPU features must meet all Graphics and System requirements and pass all tests in all available GPU operating modes.
Windows certification tests are designed to ensure supported core Windows experiences work correctly, the system is reliable, and developers can count on graphics APIs conforming to the specification. In a single GPU system, these features are validated by the graphics device tests and system tests.
Multiple GPU systems introduce special cases or modes that require special testing considerations. Multiple GPU's increases the complexity of the overall system and may expose the Windows system to unsupported features without careful analysis and testing.
For the purpose of certification, there are three types of GPU features:
-
Supported Features. These features were considered in the Windows design scenarios, are explicitly allowed, are tested by the Hardware Certification Kit, and can receive certification upon submission of the results.
-
Features that require an addendum to certify. These features do not have explicit support by Microsoft in the OS runtimes, APIs, or kernel, but may be certified by IHVs and used in certified systems if the conditions placed on their use are met by the IHVs and OEMs. The Windows OS is usually unaware of these features. However, Microsoft recognizes these features may be designed and supported by the IHV in a manner not contrary to the Windows scenarios, and if the partners commit to supporting these features over the lifetime of the system, Microsoft does not block their use. The Microsoft graphics technical representative can provide additional information when it is unclear if a feature outside the Windows supported designs would be certifiable with an addendum or not allowed.
-
Not-allowed Features. These are features that create unavoidable scenarios that do not meet Windows experience expectations, do not meet certification requirements, and prevent the system from getting certification.
Microsoft makes no guarantee that features other than Supported Features (type 1 above) work correctly, or will continue to work correctly after patches, service packs or OS upgrades. Such features may appear to work correctly under test conditions but may fail catastrophically at some point in the future. These changes can result in unpredictable behavior or application failures, particularly as the OS and applications evolve and expose discrepancies.
To assure no Windows features fail and to assure end-users that their experience is reliable for the life of a product, the hardware manufacturers and the system manufacturers who are shipping a Windows feature that requires an addendum (type 2 above) must carry the responsibility for testing, supporting and servicing any divergence from supported features. To be certified, the device's additional quality assurance and future support must be documented using the addendum process.
Upon agreement of the terms of this Addendum the OEM:
-
Declares the intent to ship a feature that is not supported by Microsoft Windows
-
Declares no Windows features fail as a result of the feature.
-
Upon evidence of a passing submission of the system, the addendum may be extended to the system.
The conditions of the addendum are:
-
Company will, or will require the responsible IHV partner to, thoroughly test Affected Company Product(s) with the objective to proactively detect and correct potential issues, and in any event before any delivery of an update to the Affected Company Products.
-
Monitor the reliability of the Windows unsupported feature using telemetry including but not limited to telemetry data provided by Microsoft.
-
Upon discovery of a failure through telemetry or Microsoft notification, develop and timely distribute through Windows Update fixes for any end-user issues resulting in any of the following:
Type of Failure
Definition of Timeline
Windows feature, application or kernel failures
Within no more than 3 months after a failure is discovered and at least 3 months before an update, a service pack or a future Windows operating system becomes available.
Failures in third-party Windows Store apps running on Windows
Within no more than 3 months after a failure is discovered and at least 3 months before a fix or a new or updated release of the affected app becomes available.
Failures in Microsoft products including but not limited to Internet Explorer, Windows Live and Microsoft Office that are attributable to the Affected Company Product(s)
Timely means within no more than 3 months after a failure is discovered and at least 3 months before an update, a service pack or a future release of the affected Microsoft products becomes available.
-
Company will enter into a separate agreement with the relevant Affected Company Product IHV to bind IHVs to the support obligations as described above.
-
Microsoft, in collaboration with the IHV, may continue to update and distribute a driver for the device beyond the addendum commitment.
The following guidelines detail some specific situations and typical problems this requirement is intended to address. This is not a comprehensive list of possible problematic situations. Other situations may be addressed in a successful addendum request for a specific Windows unsupported feature.
-
Multiple GPUs are not allowed on ARM platforms. Windows has chosen to not allow or support multiple GPU systems with Windows RT. Multiple GPU solutions introduce additional complexity and potential for untested features. For Windows 8, all ARM- based systems must be configured with a single GPU only.
-
In features where multiple GPUs are allowed, the system must meet the minimum performance requirements in every mode that can be configured. Performance requirements are described in System.Fundamentals.Graphics.DisplayRender.Performance. A system certification submission must include the system level performance related results with a submission for both GPUs.
-
Projection is a key Windows scenario, and the ability to clone the laptop lid to an external monitor with Win+P is a basic expectation of the end user. All mobile system must be able to "clone" or "extend" by using the Win+P key to the external port most likely used with a projector.
-
A system must correctly support the WDDM 1.2 "seamless boot" and bugcheck, PnP Start/Stop functionality:
-
The "post" GPU must meet the seamless boot requirements as described in requirements Device.Graphics.WDDM12.Display.DisplayOutputControl, System.Client.Firmware.UEFI.GOP.Display, and System.Fundamentals.Graphics.InternalDisplay.NativeResolution
-
PnP stop of the WDDM driver or a bugcheck must cause the frame buffer to be seamlessly handed off to the OS as described in requirement Device.Graphics.WDDM12.Display.PnpStopStartSupport
-
The "post" GPU must meet the seamless boot requirements as described in requirements Device.Graphics.WDDM12.Display.DisplayOutputControl, System.Client.Firmware.UEFI.GOP.Display, and System.Fundamentals.Graphics.InternalDisplay.NativeResolution
-
Microsoft tests and validates the graphics APIs to ensure conformance with the D3D specification and MSDN documentation. The graphics features and capabilities are always available after they have been enumerated. Applications are designed with these expectations, that the GPU device and capabilities are fixed for the runtime of the application. A system where these expectations are not true is not allowed.
-
Windows supports surprise removals of the GPU only with hibernate. All other cases are not allowed. A system must not use a GPU that could be "surprise removed" in these other cases. An example of a feature that may result in unexpected surprise removal is a GPU in a docking station.
-
Heterogeneous multiple GPU solutions can be allowed; however, systems shipping with heterogeneous devices must have been certified with all GPUs present. For system certification purposes heterogeneous is considered a Windows unsupported feature, requiring an addendum.
-
Linked Display Adapter features have two operating modes: Linked, and Unlinked. Certification of devices that can be used in an LDA configuration must submit for certification with at least 1 device configured in the LDA feature and 1 device configured unlinked. This is to ensure that all expected Windows features pass in both modes.
-
Features involving an i-GPU with a secondary d-GPU require an addendum to be certified.
-
Switchable Graphics solutions where the display output is moved from one GPU to another GPU are not allowed.
The following table summarizes the requirements:
|
GPU Feature Type |
ARM platforms |
All Other platforms |
|
Single GPU |
Windows Supported |
Windows Supported |
|
Homogeneous (Same Vendors) |
Not Allowed |
Windows Supported |
|
Heterogeneous (Diff Vendors) |
Not Allowed |
Requires addendum |
|
Linked Adapter |
Not Allowed |
Windows Supported |
|
i- GPU with a Secondary d-GPU |
Not Allowed |
Requires addendum |
|
Switchable Graphics |
Not Allowed |
Not Allowed |
Design Notes
The following are definitions of multiple GPU variations used in this requirement.
Homogeneous: A homogeneous multiple GPU feature consists of two or more GPUs from the same GPU vendor, using the same graphics driver. All GPUs are always on. Each GPU is visible to the application, there is no coordination between adapters, and display output is not shared or switched between adapters.
Linked Adapter: A linked adapter (LDA) feature has two or more identical GPUs from the same vendor, which share the graphics workload. In an LDA feature an application accesses one GPU, but the work is distributed by the driver across multiple GPUs. Typically the application is not aware of the existence of the multiple GPU's. Examples are AMD Crossfire and NVidia SLI.
Heterogeneous: A heterogeneous feature consists of two or more GPUs where there is no coordination between the adapters, and display output is not shared or switched between the adapters. The GPUs usually are from different GPU vendors although they may be from the same vendor. All GPUs are always on. In a heterogeneous feature each GPU is visible to the application.
i- GPU with a Secondary d-GPU: Integrated GPU (i-GPU) with a Secondary Discrete GPU (d-GPU) has the integrated GPU sharing computation and rendering with an additional discrete adapter. In this case the two GPUs may have different drivers and even be from different vendors. In this feature, displays are not switched between the adapters; the main display is always physically connected via the i-GPU. Examples are NVidia Optimus and AMD Hybrid CrossFireX.
Switchable Graphics: Two or more GPUs from either the same vendor or different vendors where the responsibility for display output to any monitor changes from one processor to the other, typically through a MUX. Starting with Windows 8 systems, this feature is not allowed.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Not Specified |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Technical Update: |
7/2/2012 |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.NoRebootUpgrade
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Graphics
Title: Graphics drivers must be upgradable without a reboot of the system
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
Description
The WDDM driver model has supported rebootless upgrade since Windows Vista. For Windows 8 all systems must support the upgrade of graphics driver package without requiring the system to reboot.
For example the graphics driver package includes the graphics driver and all associated utilities and services.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Windows 8 has removed XDDM which means the system is now always running a WDDM Driver. This means rebootless upgrade is now possible in all systems. This requirement is to ensure: A user is now able to accept a driver update without interrupting their activity. This provides a more modern experience. On server platforms reboots impact server availability. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
New; Sysfund-8500 |
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.Windows7.MultipleOperatingModes
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Graphics
Title: If a Windows 7 system has Multiple GPU's, the graphics and system test must pass in every "Operating Mode"
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
Description
A system with multiple GPU's must meet logo requirements and pass testing in all available GPU modes.
Multi-GPU system may have one or more integrated and/or discrete display adapters.
A Hybrid/Switchable system must transition between GPU modes only on user consent. GPU mode transitions are triggered manually by the end-user unless it is completely transparent to the user with no visible effects. On initiation of the GPU switch, the Multiple GPU system must display an indication to the end-user to show which GPU mode they are currently in and running applications must not be stopped without user notification or consent. It is also possible to create a Pre-consent list by which the customer can chose to that the "dialog box" that came up during a mode switch be automatically for the particular scenario.
If a system running in any multi-GPU mode is connected to an external display, the system must be able to transition into a Clone mode or Extended Desktop mode through CCD. Recommended time for CCD mode change should not be longer than an equivalent desktop mode change- preferably less than 5 seconds. If the system is connected to an external display device through an output connector who's GPU was powered off, recommended time for GPU switching should not be longer than a preferred time of 10 seconds so the user doesn't think the system is hung or not functioning properly.
A multi-GPU system may have one or more integrated and/or one or more discrete display adapters. A multi-GPU system may have display adapters which do not support standard VGA. However, at least the boot device must be able to support standard VGA and the ability to reset to standard VGA resolutions from higher resolutions when needed. The hardware and system firmware must support VESA modes to allow at least the minimum desktop resolution for Windows by using the system VGA driver.
To reset a device sufficiently implies that the device is fully functional as a VGA device. It must be fully functional when programmed via the video system firmware and when programmed directly through standard VGA registers.
Mobile Platforms only
Mobile Multi-GPU systems must support Connecting and Configuring Displays (CCD). A Multi-GPU system may have one or more integrated and/or one or more discrete display adapters. Any display adapter which exposes an output connector to which a display device could be connected must be able to support all CCD functionality as specified in the WDDM 1.1 specification.
On systems with multiple GPUs, the laptop lid target must not be reported as "connected" on more than one graphics adapter at any given time.
Design Notes
The following are some examples of GPU operating modes.
Linked Adapter: A linked adapter (LDA) configuration has two or more GPUs from the same vendor that are sharing the graphics workload. In a LDA configuration an application accesses one GPU, but the work is distributed by the driver across multiple GPUs. Typically the application is not even aware of the existence of the multiple GPUs. Examples are NVidia SLI and AMD Crossfire.
Heterogeneous: A heterogeneous configuration consists of two or more GPUs from different GPU vendors. In a heterogeneous configuration each GPU is visible to the application.
Switch-able Graphics: A Switch-able Graphics configuration is two or more GPUs from either the same vendor or different vendors where the primary purpose is to provide multiple power/performance modes for the GPU. Examples are AMD PowerExpress, and NVIDIA Hybrid power.
The following is an example of a Hybrid switch.
When the customer unplugs the system and the GPU switches from dGPU to iGPU, the customer has a choice to select "do not ask again for this type of GPU transition" (wording to be reviewed by Usability team later). All future unplugging of the system initiate a GPU switch without a dialog box.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
The purpose of this requirement is to ensure core Windows usage scenarios work correctly in each GPU mode of the system. This requirement was put in place because there have been instances where the GPUs have passed certification, but once integrated into the system, the overall system would fail fundamental scenarios. One example of such a failure was a multi-GPU laptop that could not project in one of its GPU operating modes. The system had to be reconfigured manually into another operating mode by the end user. However the end user had no way of understanding or determining why the laptop was failing to project. This problem was made even worse by the fact that the system was shipped by the OEM in a mode that could not project, and the OEM software regularly placed the laptop in to the mode where the laptop could not project, even after the user had discovered the root cause. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.Display
Description: The requirements in this section are enforced on any graphics device implementing display portion of the WDDM.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.Display.MinimumResolutionandColorDepth
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.Display.MinimumResolutionandColorDepth
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Graphics.Display
Title: System minimum resolution and color depth
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Minimum resolution/color depth is 1024x768 at a depth of 32bits on each output simultaneously.
|
Exceptions |
Tablet PC systems |
|
Business Justification: |
These are minimum resolution requirements for non-tablet PC systems. |
|
Scenarios: |
Minimum resolution |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments |
SYSFUND-8084 |
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.DisplayRender
Description: The requirements in this section are enforced on any graphics device implementing display and render portion of the WDDM.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.DisplayRender.Performance
-
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.DisplayRender.StableAndFunctional
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.DisplayRender.Performance
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Graphics.DisplayRender
Title: A Windows 8 system has sufficient graphics performance to provide a good user experience for mainstream application scenarios on both A/C and battery power
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Good graphics performance is crucial for all Windows 8 systems because users expect a smooth and responsive experience with their mainstream applications.
All Windows 8 systems must have sufficient graphics performance to meet performance requirements and metrics for a collection of scenarios that represent mainstream applications.
The tests encompass both high-level scenarios with Internet Explorer, including CSS animations, Windows Shell, and DirectX mini-scenarios.
The high-level scenarios represent end-user perceived performance for commonly used applications.
The DirectX scenarios are mini-apps with graphically rich content representing real world workloads. These mini-apps measure graphics performance using a number of common primitives that provide a proxy for real world productivity application performance.
Metrics
The following are the metrics that are measured for the applicable scenarios and used to determine the performance of a system.
Time to First Frame for each application
Time measured from process launch to first present hitting the screen. This measurement is done as a warm start.
FPS
Frames per second achieved while painting the contents of the window in a rendering loop
Memory Score
Memory score measures the total memory cost of graphics for a scenario. To calculate memory score, the driver is evaluated for memory being consumed in several scenarios. The benchmark aggregates results from different memory metrics (detailed later in this document) to arrive to a final score for the scenario.
The memory benchmark is comprised of the following six scenarios:
-
Idle
-
Present
-
Textures
-
Buffers
-
Surfaces
-
Upload
Glitching
For scenarios with animations, users expect smooth animations at 60 Hz. This metric looks for the total number of frames missed and number of concurrent frames missed. This is done by measuring the present events for every vsync periods between start and end of animations ignoring the first and last incomplete vsync period. The metric measurement also verifies that DWM glitches are zero.
Design Notes
These tests run on battery power only if the system is a laptop or tablet/convertible. If the system is a desktop, the tests are run on A/C only.
The following scenarios are instrumented and have goals for the metrics described:
DirectX scenario tests
|
Scenario test |
Metrics |
||
|
Time to first frame goals |
Glitching |
FPS |
|
|
Blank Direct2D App Tests the bare minimum time and resources required to just get Direct2D loaded and a putting a blank windows up. |
200 milliseconds Note: The time to create the user mode and kernel mode device by the driver should be 30 milliseconds or less for this test. The UMD and KMD creation times are part of the time to first frame measurements. |
not applicable |
not applicable |
|
Direct2D Brush Draw a bitmap with the following brush types:
|
200 milliseconds for bitmap brush, solid color brush, and gradient brush; 300 milliseconds for image brush |
No glitching at 60 fps |
60 FPS |
|
Direct2D Bitmaps with perspective transforms Render a set of bitmaps with perspective transform applied. |
300 milliseconds |
No glitching at 60 fps |
60 FPS |
|
Direct2D Layers Composite images and primitives using D2D layers |
300 milliseconds |
No glitching at 60 fps |
60 FPS |
|
Text Tests include:
|
300 milliseconds |
No glitching at 60 fps |
60 FPS |
|
Pan and Zoom Rendering a 21 MegaPixel image and performing pan and zoom operations at the native resolution of the display. |
300 milliseconds |
No glitching at 60 FPS |
60 FPS |
|
Panning through small images with effects Test render a set of unique 200 x 200 pixel images that have image effects applied at the native resolution of the display, and pan through them in a continuous loop. |
300 milliseconds |
No glitching at 60 FPS |
60 FPS |
Internet Explorer
|
N/A |
No glitching at 60 fps |
60 FPS |
Bandwidth test
The GPU bandwidth is evaluated by measuring the time it takes DWM to compose the client area of a single application with simple content (for example: no overlap, no glass) at the native resolution of the panel. The test isn't trying to achieve peak bandwidth measurement under ideal circumstances, but is meant to measure a real world scenario that includes other necessary overhead such as setting up the hardware, context switching the GPU from the application context to the DWM context and reporting completion of the rendering operation through interrupt/fence mechanism.
The goal for passing the Bandwidth test is dependent on the native resolution of the panel. The bandwidth is required to be sufficient to perform at least 7.5 memory I/O operations per pixel at 60 FPS (or 450 * resolution.width * resolution.height * resolution.bpp). For example, this translates to the required bandwidth for the two common resolutions listed below:
|
Resolution |
Required Bandwidth |
|
1366x768 |
1.8 GB/sec |
|
1920x1080 |
3.6 GB/sec |
To compute the actual bandwidth, the test performs following calculation:
Measured Bandwidth (GB/s) = (Number of Pixels in App Client Area) * 7.5 / DWM_AverageGPUTimePerFrame / (1024*1024)
The test multiplies the number of pixels by 7.5 to provide for 7.5 bytes worth of I/O per pixel. If the measured bandwidth is greater than the required bandwidth, the test passes.
Memory Benchmark Test
The memory benchmark is comprised of the following six scenarios:
-
Idle
-
Present
-
Textures
-
Buffers
-
Surfaces
-
Upload
For each of the rendering scenarios, the goals are established by calculating:
-
2 MB allowed for OS overhead
-
+ 2 MB allowed for driver overhead per GPU in a link for x86 and x64 platforms; +1 MB per GPU in a link allowed for ARM platforms. The number of linked GPUs on a system is determined and multiplied by the system-determined size per GPU to determine the total driver overhead allowed.
-
+ Size of surfaces explicitly created by application + 7.5% for alignment and padding in the case of non-power of two surfaces.
-
+ 4 KB overhead per surface created on 32-bit platforms; + 8 KB overhead per surface on 64-bit platforms.
-
Except for the Present scenario, the rendering scenario targets are rounded to the next half-megabyte boundary.
Idle
The Idle scenario represents the memory cost of the driver shortly after boot on a minimal desktop with no application running other than the standard OS processes and the benchmark itself.
The score is comprised of two elements:
-
Memory footprint of the driver itself in memory (non-paged code and data page)
-
Outstanding resource allocation by driver (pool, contiguous memory, mdl, locked memory) excluding video memory and limited to the kernel mode driver.
The goal for the memory footprint is to be less than 10 MB and the goal for the outstanding resource allocation is to be less than 10 MB. The final benchmark idle score is less than the following:
|
|
x86 Goal |
ARM Goal |
x64 Goal |
|
Idle |
Less than 20 MB |
Less than 20 MB |
Less than 20 MB |
Note that the benchmark only takes into account the final score.
Present
The present scenario represents the base memory cost of a simple D3D device.
The test creates a 300x300 window, clears its back buffer and z-buffer, then present. When taking into account window decoration, the client area of the application is 284x261 on a default desktop.
The goal for a single GPU in this scenario is computed as follows:
-
2 MB OS Overhead
-
+ 2 MB Allowed for driver / GPU overhead (x86/x64); + 1 MB (ARM)
-
+ 284x261*4*1.075 DWM Redirection surface
-
+ 284x261*4*1.075 Application Back Buffer
-
+ 284x261*2*1.075 Application Z-Buffer (D16)
-
+ 3 * 4096 For surface overhead (ARM/x86); + 3 * 8192 (x64)
-
Goal: less than 3.8 MB (ARM), less than 4.8 MB (x86/x64)
Textures
The textures scenario represents the memory overhead of creating large number of texture objects.
In addition to the resources described in the Present scenario, this scenario creates 5000 texture of 128x128 using the DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM format. The application renders with each texture to ensure they are referenced in the scenario.
The goal for a single GPU in this scenario is computed as follows:
-
4.8 MB base cost (x86/x64); 3.8 MB base cost (ARM)
-
+ 5000*128*128*4 for surface memory
-
+ 5000*4096 for surface overhead (ARM/x86); + 5000*8192 (x64)
-
Goal: less than 336 MB (ARM), less than 337 MB (x86), less than 356.5 MB (x64)
Buffers
The buffers scenario represent the memory overhead of creating large number of small vertex buffers.
In addition to the resources described in the Present scenario, this scenario creates 5000 vertex buffer of 16320 bytes. The application renders with each of the vertex buffer to ensure they are referenced in the scenario.
The goal for a single GPU in this scenario is computed as follows:
-
4.8 MB base cost (x86/x64); 3.8 MB (ARM)
-
+ 5000*16536 for surface memory
-
+ 5000*4096 for surface overhead (ARM/x86); + 5000*8192 (x64)
-
Goal: less than 102.5 MB (ARM), less than 103.5 MB (x86), less than 123 MB (x64)
Surfaces
The surfaces scenario represents the memory overhead a hypothetical desktop system would hit if all GDI bitmaps were converted to DX surfaces.
In addition to the resources described in the Present scenario, this scenario creates a large number of surfaces of various size and pixel depth. The file SimpleD3D10\surfaces.txt contains a snapshot (width * height * bpp) for all GDI bitmap in existence on a particular busy system. The test creates and uses surfaces of the size and pixel depth specified in this file.
The goal for a single GPU in this scenario is computed as follows:
-
4.8 MB base cost (x86/x64); 3.8 MB (ARM)
-
+ 143372288*1.075 for surface memory
-
+ 1581*4096 for surface overhead (ARM/x86); + 1581*8192 (x64)
-
Goal: less than 157 MB (ARM), less than 158 MB (x86), less than 164.5 MB (x64)
See the Perl script ParseSurfaceList.pl in the memory benchmark directory to see how surface memory is computed from the PerfX\MemoryBenchmark\SimpleD3D10\Media\surface.txt file.
Upload
The upload scenario represents the memory overhead involved when uploading large amount of data to the GPU. This ensures that the driver doesn't allocate too many staging surfaces and that staging surfaces are offered as part of the upload. The test allow up to 4 MB of staging to be allocated, all of it must be offered.
In addition to the resources described in the Present scenario, this scenario creates 100 textures of 512x512 of format DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM and DEFAULT usage with some initial data. These textures are updated after first render with 512x512 data to verify that the data upload path does not incur additional driver overhead.
The goal for a single GPU in this scenario is computed as follows:
-
4.8 MB base cost (x86/x64); 3.8 MB (ARM)
-
+1 MB initial data allocated by test
-
+ 100*512*512*4 for surface memory
-
+ 100*4096 for surface overhead (ARM/x86); + 100*8192 (x64)
-
(Offered memory is automatically subtracted, up to 4 MB).
-
Goal: less than 105.5 MB (ARM), less than 106.5 MB (x86), less than 107 MB (x64)
Goal Summary
The table below summarizes the goals for each of the scenario for all platforms.
|
Scenario |
Limit ARM (MB) |
Limit x86 (MB) |
Limit x64 (MB) |
|
Idle |
20 |
20 |
20 |
|
Present |
3.8 |
4.8 |
4.8 |
|
Textures |
336 |
337 |
356.5 |
|
Buffers |
102.5 |
103.5 |
123 |
|
Surfaces |
157 |
158 |
164.5 |
|
Upload |
105.5 |
106.5 |
107 |
Design Notes
If the system has any of the following configurations:
-
Multiple GPUs
-
It is powered via an AC adapter and used away from an outlet using a rechargeable battery for continuous operation when not plugged in
Then validation of this requirement must be done against each configuration that applies to the system.
If the system has support for connecting multiple displays, then the validation of this requirement must be done against the primary display used for the HCK system configuration.
|
Exceptions: |
If implemented on Server should there be a Display only or Full WDDM graphic devices in the system. |
|
Business Justification: |
Graphics performance is critical to deliver a good end-user experience on Windows 8. The performance of the HW subsystems and the graphics driver plays a big role in that. The impact can be felt by the user in the following way: High memory footprint impacts overall scalability of desktop based DX usage Long Device creation time affects the application launch time Driver has much higher CPU overhead in typical usage leading to poor experience on a typical workload. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Technical Update: |
7/2/2012 |
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.DisplayRender.StableAndFunctional
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Graphics.DisplayRender
Title: Display device functions properly and does not generate hangs or faults under prolonged stress
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows RT
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
The system must run under prolonged stress without generating hangs or faults.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Driver hangs and crashes lead to a negative end user experience. |
|
Scenarios: |
Driver reliability. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 7 RC |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8085 |
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.InternalDisplay
Description: Base for Graphics on Systems
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.InternalDisplay.NativeResolution
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.InternalDisplay.NativeResolution
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Graphics.InternalDisplay
Title: Systems with integrated displays must use native resolution by default
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows RT
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
Description
A system with an integrated display must support the native resolution of the display and use native resolution as the default.
An integrated display is any display that is built into the system. A laptop lid is an example of an integrated display.
Windows is designed to work best in native resolution.
This requirement applies to systems that use UEFI or BIOS.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement ensure that a Windows system can boot into the preferred native resolution without screen flashing or other artifacts |
|
Scenarios: |
The native resolution is important in a number of Windows scenarios: Native resolution provides the sharpest and most clear text. Booting the system in native resolution eliminates the need to change modes during the boot process. The frame buffer can be handed off between bios, boot loader, OS boot, and display driver. The result is that the display does not flash during boot and gives a more seamless boot experience. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
New; Sysfund-8503 |
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.MultipleDevice
Description: Requirements which apply to systems with more than one graphics device.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.MultipleDevice.Configure
-
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.MultipleDevice.SubsystemDeviceID
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.MultipleDevice.Configure
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Graphics.MultipleDevice
Title: On a system with multiple graphics adapters, system firmware allows the user to configure the usage of the adapters
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
Description
On a system with multiple graphics adapters, the system firmware (BIOS, UEFI, etc.), must provide the user with the ability to modify the following settings:
-
Enable/Disable any adapter
-
The firmware must offer the user the ability to select which adapter is enabled or disabled
-
At any given time at least one adapter, that supports POST, must be enabled
-
If the user enables an adapter, and the system only supports one active adapter at a time, then all other adapters must be disabled
-
If the only enabled adapter is not detected, the firmware falls back to the integrated adapter. If there is no integrated adapter, then the firmware falls back to the first adapter found on the first bus
-
The firmware must offer the user the ability to select which adapter is enabled or disabled
-
Select the adapter to be used as POST device
-
Firmware must only allow the user to select one adapter as the POST device.
-
System is allowed to POST only on an adapter that cannot be physically removed from the system.
-
At any given time at least one adapter, that supports POST, must be enabled
-
If multiple adapters that support POST are enabled, the firmware must provide the user an option to select which one is used for POST
-
Firmware must only allow the user to select one adapter as the POST device.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
It is possible that the user has multiple graphics adapters connected to the system. In such a case the user might want to selectively use only a subset of the graphics adapters. Windows depends on the POST adapter for the following scenarios: Windows setup always runs on the POST adapter Pre-OS environment always runs on the POST adapter In case there is no hardware specific WDDM driver available, the Microsoft Basic Display driver is installed on the POST adapter |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
New; Sysfund-8080 |
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.MultipleDevice.SubsystemDeviceID
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Graphics.MultipleDevice
Title: Hybrid/Switchable Graphics systems that support multiple discrete graphics adapters or chipset combination must use the same Subsystem ID
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Multiple GPU Graphics configurations that support multiple discrete graphics adapters or chipset combination must use the same Subsystem ID for each device in the configuration.
Multiple GPU Graphics systems are permitted to have heterogeneous graphics solutions in certain circumstances, thus allowing different VEN IDs.
The Multiple GPU configurations which combine GPUS from different vendors must have the same SUBSYS ID to indicate the driver packages intended for a Multiple GPU system. Should the same device be used as a single device in another system, that instance of the device must use a different unique 4part PNPid.
Examples:
-
The integrated GPU and the Discrete GPU may have different VEN ID and DEV ID, but must have the same SSID. For example:
---------------
Display Devices
---------------
Card name: InField GFX
Manufacturer: OutStanding
Chip type: RUOK Family
DAC type: Integrated RAMDAC
Device Key: Enum\PCI\VEN_AAAA&DEV_EEEE&SUBSYS_9025104D&REV_A1
---------------
Display Devices
---------------
Card name: Rocking Fast GFX
Manufacturer: Awesome Chips
Chip type: 10Q Family
DAC type: Internal
Device Key: Enum\PCI\VEN_BBBB&DEV_DDDD&SUBSYS_9025104D&REV_07
-
The GPUs that is used in a Switchable machine must use a different SSID if also used in a non-switchable machine. For example:
---------------
Display Devices
---------------
Card name: InField GFX
Manufacturer: OutStanding
Chip type: RUOK Family
DAC type: Integrated RAMDAC
Device Key: Enum\PCI\VEN_AAAA&DEV_EEEE&SUBSYS_9999104D&REV_A1
Note that the OutStanding InField GFX in #1. Is the same as the one stated in #2; however, although they are the same hardware, they must have a different SSID.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This is required to identify system as being a hybrid GPU through Online Crash Analysis. |
|
Scenarios: |
Identify hybrid graphics system through OCA. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 7 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0215 |
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.RenderOnly
Description: Requirements which apply to a graphics device only implementing WDDM Render DDI's
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.RenderOnly.MinimumDirectXLevel
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.RenderOnly.MinimumDirectXLevel
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Graphics.RenderOnly
Title: Render Only device on client or server system must be Direct3D 10 capable or greater.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
If a client or server system includes a render only device, the device must be Direct3D 10 capable or greater. This device can only be supported by a WDDMv1.2 Render Only Driver. Render Only devices are not allowed as the primary graphics device on client systems. All Windows 8 client systems must have a full graphics WDDM v1.2 device as the primary boot device.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Over the years there has been an increasing focus on General-purpose computing on graphics processing units (GPGPU) scenarios for doing vast amount of complex mathematical or graphical operations. Some of the common examples of this are graphics rendering for animation, database processing, financial & astronomical calculations and oil and gas exploration. The use of GPGPU has proven benefits in performance, power consumption and cost. |
Scenarios: Following are some example scenarios; this is not an exhaustive list:
-
Server Render Farm
-
User configures a Server system that only contains one GPU installed as a Render only device and does not have any display devices connected to the system.
-
The user accesses this Server by utilizing Remote Desktop Sessions or alternate means.
-
Now the user launches a DirectX application that needs to use the advanced computing power of the GPU for some processing (like graphics render farm)
-
Note: GDI based applications do not work in this case unless a Full WDDM driver or a Display Only driver is installed along with this OR the user connects via a Remote Desktop session.
-
Note: GDI based applications do not work in this case unless a Full WDDM driver or a Display Only driver is installed along with this OR the user connects via a Remote Desktop session.
-
The application uses the DirectX APIs to enumerate WDDM GPUs and finds the Render only device and utilizes it for its computational needs
-
User configures a Server system that only contains one GPU installed as a Render only device and does not have any display devices connected to the system.
-
Additional GPU for compute
-
User configures a system with 2 GPUs.
-
One a full WDDM driver which supports Render and Display functions.
-
The second a WDDM render only driver that only support render functions
-
One a full WDDM driver which supports Render and Display functions.
-
The user has a monitor connected to the full WDDM graphics hardware and uses it to log into the system
-
Now the user launches an application that needs to use the advanced computing power of the GPU for some processing (like graphics render farm)
-
The application uses the DirectX APIs to enumerate WDDM GPUs and finds both the GPUs.
-
The application selects the Render only device and utilizes it for its computational needs but uses the Full WDDM driver for its UI rendering needs.
-
User configures a system with 2 GPUs.
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
New; |
System.Fundamentals.HAL
Description: This feature defines Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) requirements for systems.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.HAL.HPETRequired
-
System.Fundamentals.HAL.IfCSRTPresent
System.Fundamentals.HAL.HPETRequired
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.HAL
Title: System provides a high-precision event timer
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
This requirement was formally known as SYSFUND-0005
Systems must implement a High Precision Event Timer (HPET) that complies with the following points of the Intel Architecture Personal Computer (IA-PC) HPET Specification:
-
The main counter frequency must be greater than or equal to 10 MHz and less than or equal to 500 MHz
-
The main counter must monotonically increase, except on a roll-over event.
-
The main counter and comparators must be at least 32 bits wide.
-
The main counter must have at least three comparators.
-
All of the comparators must be able to fire aperiodic, "one-shot" interrupts.
-
At least one of the comparators must be able to fire periodic interrupts.
-
Each comparator must be able to fire a unique and independent interrupt.
-
HPET must support edge triggering interrupts.
-
Timer interrupts must not be shared in LegacyIRQRouting mode.
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
This timer is necessary for platforms and the operating system. Existing timers cannot provide the resolution that is necessary for existing and future applications. With this timer, time-sensitive applications, such as multimedia applications, have the support to make high-quality applications. |
|
Scenarios: |
This is to enable multimedia application scenarios. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2008 |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.Input
Description: Requirements in this section apply to HID devices that are integrated in the system.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.Input.I2CDeviceUniqueHWID
-
System.Fundamentals.Input.PS2UniqueHWID
System.Fundamentals.Input.I2CDeviceUniqueHWID
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Input
Title: I2C connected HID devices must have a Unique HWID along with a HID compatible ID
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows RT
Description
All I2C connected HID devices must have a unique HWID and a HID compatible ID that allows Windows Update to identify the device (when needed) and allow drivers to be loaded from Windows Update.
Design Notes
See Microsoft published HID I2C protocol specification (link not provided yet)
|
Exceptions: |
This requirement is only enforced for HID I2C devices and not generalized for SPB. |
|
Business Justification: |
To enable the correct drivers to be loaded by Windows Update |
|
Scenarios: |
Input devices connected over I2C |
|
Success Metric: |
Third party drivers for I2C devices are available on Windows Update |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
New |
System.Fundamentals.Input.PS2UniqueHWID
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Input
Title: All PS/2 connected devices (such as internal keyboards) must have a unique hardware ID
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
All PS/2 connected devices (such as touchpads and keyboards) must have a unique hardware ID that enables the third-party driver to ship with Windows Update.
Design Notes
See Microsoft unique hardware ID white paper http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/gg487441.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement enables third-party touchpad drivers to be eligible for Windows Update. A unique hardware ID enables the system to determine the corrected driver needed for a particular device and download it through Windows Update. |
|
Scenarios: |
Internally attached keyboards show the correct and unique HWID and correct compatible ID. |
|
Success Metric: |
The unique hardware ID should be in a format that allows Windows update to identify the device and load the correct driver for it. Success is third-party touchpad drivers shipping with Windows update |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2012 |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.MarkerFile
Description: A "marker file" is used to help associate WER data with specific computer models. Requirements in this section describe the syntax for the "marker file."
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.MarkerFile.SystemIncludesMarkerFile
System.Fundamentals.MarkerFile.SystemIncludesMarkerFile
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.MarkerFile
Title: System includes marker file
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
The marker file gives additional information regarding the maker of the PC system and model. This information is used to collect and distribute On-line Crash Analysis information. The marker file is a text file with a .mrk extension. The .MRK filename must be under 256 characters in length including the path. The characters must be letters, numbers, periods, hyphens, commas and parentheses.
The marker file format is:
For companies with PCI Vendor IDs:
VendorID_CompanyName_Division_Marketing Model Name_other info.MRK
For companies without a PCI Vendor ID
CompanyName_Division_Marketing Model Name_other info.MRK
Each column is separated by the underscore '_' character. The values in each column are
VendorID = The PCI vendor ID for the PC manufacturer.
CompanyName = Name of the company go here. This should be consistent for each marker file.
Division = this represents the division within the company. If your company doesn't not have divisions please put 'na.'
Marketing Model Name = product name the system will be shipped as. This should be the same as the marketing name entered at the time of certification submission.
Other info = optional ad can be added by putting more underscores. The additional fields may be used for identifying any other critical information about the system.
Optionally, the _I field can be used as a part number that can be used to link the marketing model name to.
Design Notes
The marker file goes in the c:\windows\system32\drivers folder.
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
This standardizes the format of the marker file. |
|
Scenarios: |
Report OCA back to the PC manufacturer. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 7 RC |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0201 |
System.Fundamentals.Network
Description: These are system level requirements that may impact the integration with a type of network device.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.Network.NetworkListOffloads
-
System.Fundamentals.Network.PowerRequirements
-
System.Fundamentals.Network.WiFiDirect
System.Fundamentals.Network.NetworkListOffloads
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Network
Title: Wireless LAN networking device on systems that support Connected Standby must support NDIS 6.30 and support offloads
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
The following requirements apply to wireless LAN devices.
WLAN Devices must support the following features:
|
Feature |
Requirement |
|
No Pause on Suspend |
Required |
|
D0 offload |
Required |
|
USB Selective Suspend |
Required- If USB based |
|
Network List offload |
Required |
|
Wi-Fi PSM |
Required |
|
Wi-Fi Direct |
Required |
|
Radio Management |
Required |
|
WPS 2.0 |
Required |
|
WoWLAN |
Required |
Systems that support Connected Stand by require the use of an NDIS 6.30 Ethernet driver. The device must support the features listed below:
|
Feature |
Required |
|
Wakeup on LAN |
Yes |
|
D0 & D3 Protocol Offloads (Protocols TBD) |
Yes |
|
Interrupt Moderation |
Yes |
|
OS-programmable packet filtering |
Yes |
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Wi-Fi Network List Offload is a feature where certain Wi-Fi profile information is offloaded to the NIC firmware to allow the Wi-Fi NIC to perform logic that optimizes the power efficiency and connectivity of a given system. It helps improve the scanning and connection timings. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.Network.PowerRequirements
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Network
Title: All physical network devices in a system (inclusive of docking stations) must meet device certification criteria for power management requirements
Applicable OS Versions
Windows 8 (x86)
Windows 8 (x64)
Windows RT
Description
Support of this feature is Required.
All physical network devices included in a system (inclusive of docking stations) must meet the device-level power management requirements for that specific device type.
Example: If an Ethernet device is included in a Connected Standby capable system or associated dock, that Ethernet device must meet the power management requirements for Connected Standby regardless of whether the individual device certification was achieved when tested on a Connected Standby capable system or not.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
To ensure consistent power management experiences across systems |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.Network.WiFiDirect
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Network
Title: Software only uses Wi-Fi direct
Applicable OS Versions
Windows 8 (x86)
Windows 8 (x64)
Windows RT
Description
Applications and drivers must only use Wi-Fi direct calls. Drivers and applications must not make use of port 3.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This is being required to ensure a consistent experience. |
|
Scenarios: |
Wi-Fi Direct |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.NX
Description: NX is a feature that allows marking of memory pages as executable or non-Executable. This allows the CPU to help prevent execution of malicious data placed into memory by an attacker.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.NX.SystemIncludesNXProcessor
System.Fundamentals.NX.SystemIncludesNXProcessor
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.NX
Title: Systems must ship with processors that support NX and include drivers that function normally
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
To ensure proper device and driver behavior in systems all drivers must operate normally with Execution Protection Specifically, drivers must not execute code out of the stack, paged pool and session pool. Drivers must not fail to load when Physical Address Extension (PAE) mode is enabled, a requirement for operation of NX.
In addition, the system firmware must have NX on and data execution prevention (DEP) policy must not be set to "always off".
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Microsoft Windows offers a number of defensive enhancements designed to protect customers. This technology prevents code from executing in data segments. |
|
Scenarios: |
Security |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement
Description: Power management is a feature that turns the PC off or into a lower power state. Requirements in this section describe the requirements around power management.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.MultiPhaseResume
-
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.PCResumesInTwoSeconds
-
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.PCSupportsS3S4S5
-
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.PowerProfile
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.MultiPhaseResume
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement
Title: Storage subsystem supports multi-phase resume from Hibernate
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
Description
The driver and hardware subsystems for the boot storage device must support multi-phase resume from Hibernate. In order to do this, the system must be able to maintain the system's ability to identify definitively all of the memory needed on resume. This is not limited to, but should include that:
-
Any crashdump filters/minifilters that must support read
-
No WHEA PSHED plugins are installed
-
Hypervisor is not enabled
|
Exceptions: |
The boot storage device is booted from a USB bus. |
|
Business Justification: |
Significant performance improvement for boot and hibernate resume. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.PCResumesInTwoSeconds
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement
Title: System resumes from ACPI S3 state in less than specified time
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
Description
The total system Standby (S3) resume time from CPU execution to resume complete, as measured by Windows system tracing, must be two seconds or less. Total system resume time equals the sum of the system firmware S3 re-initialization time and Windows device initialization time, but does not include user mode initialization. "Resume complete" is defined as the point at which all system devices have completed their S0 power I/O Request Packet (IRP), but does not include the time required for devices to complete their D0 IRP or to become fully functional. A power test tool that includes arming and processing system trace events for resume time will be included in the WDK and will be used to test system resume time.
Exceptions
-
Systems with dual symmetrical CPU sockets.
Design Notes
For more information, see Windows On/Off Transitions Solutions Guide.
The test for this requirement automatically detects USB hub devices. USB hub devices are defined as USB-enumerated devices with Plug and Play (PnP) compatible hardware IDs that contain the string "USB\Class_09". The initialization time for each USB hub device is calculated as the time required for the Microsoft USB hub functional device object (FDO) driver to receive and complete the S0 IRP for the USB hub device. The test subtracts this initialization time for each USB hub device from the total system resume time. The result must be less than 2 seconds.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement continues Microsoft investment in driving fast system S3 resume performance. Fast system startup is a fundamental performance attribute required to enable key platforms and scenarios including laptop and Tablet PCs, battery life, power management, media center, and small office/home office (SOHO) servers. Fast system startup is also part of the Instant On initiative. |
|
Scenarios: |
The ability to have the system Instant On. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0004 |
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.PCSupportsS3S4S5
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement
Title: Systems support S3, S4 and S5 states
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows RT
Description
A desktop or mobile system installed with a client operating system must support the S3 (Sleep), S4 (Hibernate) and S5 (Soft-off) states. Every system must support wake from all implemented sleep states. Wake from S5 is only required from the power button.
A mobile system installed with a client operating system must support either S3 (Sleep) or Connected Standby. Systems that support Connected Standby must also support S4 (Hibernate).
If a USB host controller is implemented on the system, then at least one external port on the controller must support wake-up capabilities from S3. If the system contains multiple USB host controllers, all host controllers integrated on the system board (that is, not add-on cards) must support wake-up from S3. USB host controllers are not required to support wake-up when a mobile system is running on battery power.
Server systems are not required to implement S3, S4, or S5 states. If a server system does implement S3, S4 or S5 states, they must work correctly.
Power Management is an important aspect of good user experience. The system should be able to control what devices to put into a sleep state when not being used. All devices must comply with the request from the system to go into a sleep state and not veto the request thereby putting an additional drain on the power source.
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement is updated to add support for S4 being required to support new resume scenarios in Windows 8. |
|
Scenarios: |
Hiberboot |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0214 |
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.PowerProfile
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement
Title: System must report form factor via power management profile
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
The Preferred_PM_Profile in the FADT table must be set to one of the values based on the form factor of the system as outlined in the ACPI specification version 5.0. This value shall not be unspecified (0).
Design Notes
For more information see page 119 of the ACPI specification version 5.0
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
OSPM must be able to detect the form factor in order to optimize power policy defaults and tag anonymous system usage telemetry data. |
|
Scenarios: |
Enables the OS to apply special power profiles based on the form factor. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.CS
Description: Power management is a feature that turns the PC off or into a lower power state. Requirements in this section describes requirement around power management for systems that support connected standby.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.CS.ConnectedStandby
-
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.CS.ConnectedStandbyDuration
-
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.CS.CSQuality
-
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.CS.ResumeFromConnectedStandby
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.CS.ConnectedStandby
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.CS
Title: System supports the connected standby power profile must set the FACP flags
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows RT
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
Description
The follow bits must be set in the FACP flags:
|
FACP - Field |
Bit Len. |
Bit Offset |
Description |
|
LOW_POWER_S0_IDLE_CAPABLE |
1 |
21 |
This flag indicates if the system supports low power idle states in the ACPI S0 state. A value of one (1) indicates that the platform supports sufficiently low S0 idle power such that transitions to the S3 state are not required. OSPM may interpret a one in a manner that it favors leaving the platform in the S0 state with many devices powered off over the S3 state when the user is no longer interacting with the platform. |
|
Reserved |
10 |
22 |
Reserved for future use. |
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
A separate capability for the connected standby feature is required because platforms may both expose the ACPI S3 and S4 idle states and be capable of ultra-low S0 idle power. Similarly, the platform form factor is insufficient to determine if the platform is capable of connected standby as notebook, desktops and server platforms may eventually all become systems that support connected standby. |
|
Scenarios: |
A system that is always connected to the Internet. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.CS.ConnectedStandbyDuration
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.CS
Title: Systems that support Connected Standby must meet Connected Standby duration requirement on battery power description
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows 8 (x64)
Description
Systems that support Connected Standby MUST drain less than 5% of system battery capacity over a 16 hour idle period in the default shipping configuration.
If a system that supports Connected Standby does not ship with a battery, this requirement does not apply.
This requirement is validated by programmatically entering the Connected Standby state and measuring the battery capacity drained (in mWh or mAh) over a 16 hour period. The battery capacity drained (in mWh or mAh) must be less or equal to 5% of the battery design capacity.
The test will reside in the Connected Standby state for a duration less than 16 hours to reduce test execution time. The resulting battery capacity drained is scaled proportionally to 16 hours before evaluating against the 5% goal.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
User expectation of minimal battery charge across idle time. |
|
Scenarios: |
Supporting the connected standby feature. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.CS.CSQuality
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.CS
Title: Systems that support Connected Standby must meet reliability standards for Runtime Power Management
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Systems that support Connected Standby must meet minimal reliability standards as tested for this requirement. The test associated with this requirement exercises any installed Power-Engine Plug-In (PEP), installed device drivers, and platform firmware.
Design Notes
To help ensure the reliability of a system that supports connected standby, the system is subjected to the following tests:
-
Connected Standby Stress with IO
-
Runtime Power Focused Stress with IO
These tests are run while Driver Verifier is enabled with standard settings.
These tests are also run separately with the Driver Verifier Concurrency Testing setting.
If a PEP device is enumerated in ACPI namespace and the system does not have a PEP loaded, the test fails.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
System reliability is critical to the customer experience with a Windows 8 platform. |
|
Scenarios: |
Systems that support the Connected Standby feature. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.CS.ResumeFromConnectedStandby
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.PowerManagement.CS
Title: System that supports Connected Standby MUST exit the Connected Standby state within 300ms of the user pressing the power button.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows 8 (x64)
Description
Connected standby exit latency is measured from the press of the power button to when the touch digitizer is on. The duration of a connected standby resume shall be no longer than 300 milliseconds.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Most users prefer to leave PCs turned off when not in use to reduce noise and electricity use. However, for new uses at home and in business, the PC must be instantly available to answer the phone, display e-mail, or browse the Web, but be silent and use minimal energy when not in use. |
|
Scenarios: |
Resuming from standby. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.PXE
Description: The Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) is an environment to boot computers using a network interface.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.PXE.PXEBoot
System.Fundamentals.PXE.PXEBoot
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.PXE
Title: Remote boot support for PXE complies with BIOS Boot Specification 1.01 or EFI boot manager
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
All systems are required to be PXE capable. The system must support booting from the network as defined in BIOS Boot Specification, Version 1.01, Appendix C, or as controlled by the EFI boot manager. This requirement is exempt for systems that are configured with Wireless LAN only.
Systems shipping with a UEFI compatible operating system and supporting PXE boot must support IPV4 PXE and IPV6 PXE booting as defined in UEFI 2.3.1.
UNDI must support:
-
a DUID-UUID per IEFT draft
-
DHCP6, DUID-UUID, IPv6IPV4 multicast
Design Notes
Microsoft recommends that the implementation of accessing PXE be consistent with BIOS Boot Specification, Version 1.01, and Appendix C.
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
Provides IT administrators a way of remotely booting and installing images on systems. |
|
Scenarios: |
Booting and installing images |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0072 |
System.Fundamentals.Reliability
Description: These are for reliability tests content from the former DEVFUND category.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.Reliability.SystemReliability
System.Fundamentals.Reliability.SystemReliability
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Reliability
Title: Drivers in a system must be reliable
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows RT
Description
All drivers in a system must pass all requirements under Device.DevFund.Reliabilty. All systems must pass Common Scenario stress, sleep stress with IO, and Enable/Disable with IO.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement helps ensure a good user experience. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.Security
Description: Additional filter driver requirements related to security.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.Security.NoTDIFilterAndLSP
System.Fundamentals.Security.NoTDIFilterAndLSP
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.Security
Title: No TDI or LSP Filters are installed by the driver or associated software packages during installation or usage
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
There can be no use of TDI or LSP Filters by either kernel mode software or drivers, or user mode software or drivers.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Use of TDI and LSP filters increase attack surface, and are no longer supported for future OS releases. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8531 |
System.Fundamentals.SignedDrivers
Description: This feature checks for signed drivers.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.SignedDrivers.BootDriverEmbeddedSignature
-
System.Fundamentals.SignedDrivers.DigitalSignature
System.Fundamentals.SignedDrivers.BootDriverEmbeddedSignature
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SignedDrivers
Title: Boot drivers must be self-signed with an embedded signature
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows RT
Description
All boot start drivers must be embedded-signed using a Software Publisher Certificate (SPC) from a commercial certificate authority. The SPC must be valid for kernel modules. Drivers must be embedded-signed through self-signing before the driver submission.
Design Notes
For more information about how to embedded-sign a boot start driver, see Step 6: Release-Sign a Driver Image File by Using an Embedded Signature" at the following website:
Kernel-Mode Code Signing Walkthrough
After the file is embedded-signed, use SignTool to verify the signature. Check the results to verify that the root of the SPC's certificate chain for kernel policy is "Microsoft Code Verification Root." The following command line verifies the signature on the toaster.sys file:
Signtool verify /kp /v amd64\toaster.sys
Verifying: toaster.sys
SHA1 hash of file: 2C830C20CF15FCF0AC0A4A04337736987C8ACBE3
Signing Certificate Chain:
Issued to: Microsoft Code Verification Root
Issued by: Microsoft Code Verification Root
Expires: 11/1/2025 5:54:03 AM
SHA1 hash: 8FBE4D070EF8AB1BCCAF2A9D5CCAE7282A2C66B3
…
Successfully verified: toaster.sys
Number of files successfully Verified: 1
Number of warnings: 0
Number of errors: 0
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Boot drivers must be embedded-signed in order to work properly with the boot process. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2007 |
|
Comments: |
DEVFUND-0029 |
System.Fundamentals.SignedDrivers.DigitalSignature
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SignedDrivers
Title: System must contain certified devices,
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows RT
Description
All buses, devices and other components in a system must meet their respective Windows Hardware Certification Requirements and use drivers that either are included with the Windows operating system installation media or are digitally signed by Microsoft through the Windows Hardware Certification Program that match the Windows OS version being submitted for and shipping with.
For example, if certifying a system for Windows 7, then all drivers on the system must be signed by Microsoft for Windows 7 or be in-box drivers that are included on the Windows 7 media. All devices in the system must also be certified for Windows 7. This requirement applies to all versions of Microsoft Windows.
All devices and drivers must be fully installed and not contain any problem codes.
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
The Windows Logo on the system is an identification of quality and that all components in the system have been tested. |
|
Scenarios: |
This requirement satisfies that all devices in the system have passed Windows Hardware Certification testing. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass or fail. |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0001, SYSFUND-0192 |
System.Fundamentals.SMBIOS
Description: System Management BIOS (SMBIOS) requirements defines data structures in the system firmware which allows a user or application to store and retrieve information about the computer.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.SMBIOS.SMBIOSSpecification
System.Fundamentals.SMBIOS.SMBIOSSpecification
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SMBIOS
Title: System firmware support for SMBIOS complies with the SMBIOS specification
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows RT
Description
The system firmware must implement support for SMBIOS that complies with System Management BIOS Reference Specification, Version 2.4 or later. The SMBIOS implementation must follow all conventions and include all required structures and fields as indicated in the SMBIOS Specification, Section 3.2, and follow all conformance requirements as indicated in Section 4. Bit 2 in the BIOS Characteristics Extension Byte 2 field must be set (Section 3.3.1.2.2 of the specification). The length of the Type 1 (System Information) table must be at least 1Bh bytes (includes SKU Number and Family fields from Version 2.4 of the specification).
Additionally, the following fields must have non-Null values that accurately describe the computer system or computer system component:
-
(Table 0, offset 04h) BIOS Vendor
-
(Table 0, offset 08h) BIOS Release Date
-
(Table 0, offset 14h) BIOS Major Release Version1
-
(Table 0, offset 15h) BIOS Minor Release Version1
-
(Table 1, offset 04h) System Manufacturer2
-
(Table 1, offset 05h) System Product Name2
-
(Table 1, offset 08h) Universal Unique ID number (unique per each and every system)
-
(Table 1, offset 19h) System SKU Number2
Microsoft recommends that the following fields have non-Null values that accurately describe the computer system or computer system component:
-
(Table 0, offset 05h) BIOS Version
-
(Table 0, offset 16h)Embedded Controller Major Release Version3
-
(Table 0, offset 17h) Embedded Controller Minor Release Version3
-
(Table 1, offset 06h) System Version
-
(Table 1, offset 1Bh) System Family2
-
(Table 2, offset 04h) Base Board Manufacturer
-
(Table 2, offset 05h) Base Board Product
-
(Table 2, offset 06h) Base Board Version
1These fields must not have values equal to 0FFh.
2These fields gain prominence as fields which are used for identifying unique system configurations for telemetry and servicing. The Manufacturer, Product Name, SKU Number, and Family fields must not be longer than 64 characters in length. Avoid leading or trailing spaces or other invisible characters.
3If the system has a field upgradeable embedded controller firmware; these values should not be equal to 0FFh.
Design Notes
SKU Number has been moved to a required field in order to improve telemetry reporting. We encourage the OEM to be careful to fill in Manufacturer consistently and to fill in SKU Number with a value that can identify what the OEM considers a unique system configuration for telemetry and servicing.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
It is important to do everything possible to ensure that Windows removes privacy-related information such as machine GUID, Serial Number and Asset Tag before adding SMBIOS data to crash dumps. |
|
Scenarios: |
TBA |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0074 |
System.Fundamentals.StorageAndBoot
Description: This section summarizes the requirements for storage and boot devices.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.StorageAndBoot.BootPerformance
-
System.Fundamentals.StorageAndBoot.EncryptedDrive
-
System.Fundamentals.StorageAndBoot.SATABootStorage
System.Fundamentals.StorageAndBoot.BootPerformance
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.StorageAndBoot
Title: Boot Devices in systems that support Connected Standby must meet these requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
The following requirements apply to Boot Devices in systems that support Connected Standby.
In addition to SATA and USB, Windows platform supports SD and eMMC based storage. An eMMC device may be used as either a system (boot) disk or as a data disk but an SD device can only be used as a data disk.
|
Flash Type |
Boot |
Data Disk |
|
eMMC 4.41+ |
Yes |
Yes |
|
SD 2.0 or 3.0 |
No |
Yes |
ACPI interfaces must specify whether the storage device is internal or external and whether or not it is removable or fixed.
The following parameters must be defined within the Storage Class-Specific Information to be returned by the ACPI _DSM method for an SD/eMMC Storage Controller:
-
Number of Sockets
-
Socket Addresses
When using eMMC as the primary boot device, the eMMC memory must be hardware partitioned such that the boot critical portion of the UEFI Firmware resides in an area of the device that is not accessible by Windows.
The CPU Vendor and/or Firmware Provider must furnish the software tools needed to maintain and update the firmware.
The following requirements are applicable to boot storage media:
|
Feature |
Specification |
|
Power |
|
|
Max Idle Power |
<= 5 mW |
|
Random Performance |
|
|
4 KB Write IOPs (measured overa 1GB area) |
>= 200 |
|
4 KB Write IOPs (measured over a 10GB area) |
>= 50 |
|
64 KB Write IOPs (measured overa 1GB area) |
>= 25 |
|
4 KB Read IOPs (measured overa 10GB area) |
>= 2000 |
|
4 KB 2:1 read/write mix IOPs (measured overa 1GB area) |
>= 500 |
|
4 KB 2:1 read/write mix IOPs (measured overa 10GB area) |
>= 140 |
|
Sequential Performance |
|
|
Write speed (64 KB I/Os) (measured overa 10GB area) |
>= 40 MB/s |
|
Write speed (1MB I/Os) (measured overa 10GB area) |
>= 40 MB/s |
|
Read speed (64 KB I/Os) (measured overa 10GB area) |
>= 60 MB/s |
|
Device I/O Latency |
|
|
Max Latency |
< 500 milliseconds |
Additional I/O Latency requirement:
-
Maximum of 20 seconds sum-total of user-perceivable I/O latencies over any 1 hour period of a user-representative workload, where a user-perceivable I/O is defined as having a latency of at least 100 milliseconds.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Microsoft Windows and application performance |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.StorageAndBoot.EncryptedDrive
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.StorageAndBoot
Title: Systems which ship with an Encrypted Drive as a boot storage device must support security command protocols in order to make sure the data at rest is always protected.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
The following requirements apply if Encrypted Drive (System.Fundamentals.StorageAndBoot.EncryptedDrive) support is implemented for a UEFI based client system or server systems:
-
The system MUST have a TPM 1.2 or TPM 2.0.
-
The system MUST implement the EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL from either:
-
Trusted Command Support in UEFI 2.3 + UEFI Mantis change number 616 or
-
UEFI 2.3.1
-
Trusted Command Support in UEFI 2.3 + UEFI Mantis change number 616 or
-
The implementation of the Trusted Computing Group Platform Reset Attack Mitigation Specification (http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/pc_client_work_group_platform_reset_attack_mitigation_specification_version_10) MUST unconditionally issue TPer Reset (OPAL v2.0 in section 3.2.3) for all scenarios whenever memory is cleared.
-
The EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL and the TPer Reset command MUST be included in the base UEFI image (not in a separate image of a UEFI driver).
-
The system MUST enumerate all Encrypted Drives and TPer Reset MUST be issued prior to executing any firmware code not provided by the platform manufacturer in the base UEFI image.
-
The TPer Reset MUST be issued regardless of whether the TPM has had ownership taken or not.
Note: The TPer Reset action occurs later in the boot process than the memory clear action because it has a dependency on the EFI_STORAGE_SECURITY_COMMAND_PROTOCOL.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Support for BitLocker with Encrypted Drives (when Encrypted Drives are used with BitLocker, booting the system to the Windows Logon prompt automatically unlocks bands through BitLocker authentication process. To help ensure that encrypted data at rest is protected, the bands must be locked if the system is power cycled) |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.StorageAndBoot.SATABootStorage
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.StorageAndBoot
Title: System with SATA boot storage must meet requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
AHCI Host Controllers using Windows for boot support must be compliant with the AHCI specification.
|
Host Controller Interface |
Revision |
|
AHCI |
1.1, 1.2, 1.3 |
Externally connected SATA devices (eSATA) are not supported for boot storage.
When SATA is used as the primary boot device, to ensure reliability and prevent inadvertent erasure of the firmware that may cause the device to become inoperable, the boot critical portion of the UEFI firmware must reside on a separate storage device that is not accessible by the host Operating System. The CPU Vendor and/or Firmware Provider must furnish the software tools needed to maintain and update the firmware.
When used in systems that support connected standby, the SATA device must meet the power requirements stated in the section for System.Fundamentals.StorageAndBoot.BootPerformance.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Not Specified |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio
Description: This section contains all of the audio requirements for PCs
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.Audio
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.HardwareVolumeControl
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.HDAudioCodecsFollowPNPGuideLines
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.NoiseOnTheSignal
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.SystemEmploysAntiPop
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.SystemMicArray
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.SystemUsesHDAudioPinConfigs
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.TwoCaptureAndRenderScenarios
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.Audio
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio
Title: Systems contain audio devices that conform to Windows certification requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Systems must conform to all audio device requirements
|
Exceptions: |
If audio is implemented in the PC, then this requirement must be met. |
|
Business Justification: |
This ensures compatibility with Windows. |
|
Scenarios: |
Outstanding sound - I can play my music |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0118 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.HardwareCodecs
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio
Title: ARM system must support Windows Hardware codecs
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows RT
Description
These hardware codecs are required for offloaded audio.
|
Codec |
Requirement |
|
HW decoder |
MP3, WMA, AAC |
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Reliability and compatibility |
|
Scenarios: |
Media decode on low power system running on battery |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 RTM |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.HardwareVolumeControl
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio
Title: System with user exposed hardware audio volume control(s) uses approved control method to report status
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Non-slate/convertible systems that implement an integrated hardware volume control must use one of the following volume controls methods:
-
Volume knob widget as defined in the Intel High Definition (HD) Audio Specification
-
PS/2 scan codes as defined in Keyboard Scan Code Specification
-
HID controls as defined in HID Audio Controls and Windows
For Slate and Convertible PCs a slider or knob is not acceptable. The volume control button must either be a rocker or two button combination with one button raising the volume level while the other lowers it.
Design Notes
Specifically for HD Audio implementations (see the referred specifications for the other two solutions); the HD Audio specification outlines how a codec can send an unsolicited response to software whenever a volume button is pressed or whenever a rotary quadrature encoder provides a pulse to the volume knob widget pins on the HD Audio codec. It is also possible to use an ADC and get the volume position data from an analog volume pot control, but the rotary quadrature encoder pulse method is recommended. The HD Audio specification specifies two methods of using the volume knob widget: direct and indirect. Microsoft recommends using the indirect method to ensure the best user experience with the Windows operating system.
|
Exceptions: |
Audio volume buttons are required for Slate PCs and convertibles. If other systems and keyboards include audio volume controls then they must meet this requirement. |
|
Business Justification: |
Consistent volume experience for our users is important to succeed in the field where consumer electronics parity is paramount. It is important that the Audio Engine and Automatic echo cancellation feature knows exactly what is going on between the audio device and the speakers. If there are any unknown (analog) changes to the audio signal after it leaves the control of the OS this can cause user confusion and lead to different user experience on different PC systems. |
|
Scenarios: |
Outstanding sound - I can listen to my music. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0057 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.HDAudioCodecsFollowPNPGuideLines
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio
Title: System with HD Audio codecs follows applicable Plug and Play guidelines
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Systems must conform to Device.Audio.HDAudio.PnPCodecDeviceID.
In addition, the system firmware manages the related registers. The requirements ensure that codec implementations can be uniquely identified.
|
Exceptions: |
If audio is implemented in this system, then this requirement must be met. |
|
Business Justification: |
To ensure HD Audio solutions work on PCs running Windows |
|
Scenarios: |
Outstanding Sound - I can listen to my music. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0055 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.NoiseOnTheSignal
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio
Title: Noise on the signal from the audio device generated by system components is -80dB FS or better
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
When measuring the audio signal on any line level audio output from the system, the audio noise level created by all of the components in the system must be minus 80dB FS regardless of PC system activity. This includes audio passed to replicate line level audio outputs in docking stations or port replicators. This requirement does not apply to audible acoustic noise from a system measured in air next to a PC system but rather to the analog noise generated on the audio signals generated by the system's streaming audio device by system components during various levels of system activity.
Design Notes
During various system loads such as high CPU usage, hard-disk activity, and CD or DVD playback, or mouse activity, network activity must not interfere with audio fidelity. The types of noise that typically create problems are mostly caused by ground loops; however, electromagnetic interference is also possible. The metric can be based either on the dynamic range or frequency response.
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
Improving PC audio fidelity is important to support the media usage scenarios. |
|
Scenarios: |
Plug into my headphone jack and listen to music |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0048 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.RequiredHeadphoneJack
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio
Title: System must include headphone jack
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
A system that supports audio must include a user-accessible 3.5mm headphone jack.
|
Exceptions: |
Non-mobile form factors such as all-in-one are exempt. |
|
Business Justification: |
Consumer electronics experiences |
|
Scenarios: |
Watching a movie or listening to music/audio book in a plane, restaurant or most public places. You have to use a headphone. Browsing the web (YouTube, MSN) pages with audio while in a public place. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 RTM |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.SystemEmploysAntiPop
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio
Title: System employs anti-pop measures on all system audio outputs
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
System employs one or more of the below anti-pop measures during power-up and power-down and all supported power state changes such as hibernate and stand-by; Power supply is bipolar. System firmware mutes audio outputs during power-up sequence. System employs tuned ramp-up of analog voltage supply circuit and VRef filter capacitor. The various audio outputs on a system are off by default, by using switch or relay techniques and turned on only after an appropriate delay after power is applied to the system audio device (2-7s). This delay avoids the audible and sometimes very destructive pop/click caused by unipolar power supplies in today's PC. This requirement does not apply to primary chassis internal speaker, commonly used for PC Beep notifications.
Design Notes
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
Pops and clicks have been a problem in the PC space forever and is basically a direct result of the unipolar and otherwise inadequate power supplies used in PCs. Attempting to mask the pops with switches or relays external to the audio device is a band aid solution but short of changing the power supplies of all PCs is the best we can hope to do. Pops and clicks during power state transitions can severely damage highly sensitive and expensive audio speaker equipment and with the PC moving into the living room in larger numbers we want to ensure the PC behaves as nicely as other CE equipment when turned on or put into the various sleep modes. |
|
Scenarios: |
Outstanding sound, I can plug into my headphone jack and listen to my music. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0050 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.SystemMicArray
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio
Title: If the system includes microphone array hardware then it exposes the array to the Microsoft class drivers through defined methods
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Systems that include microphone array hardware must implement these according to the requirements as described in the "Microsoft Microphone Array Design" white paper. The array characteristics must be exposed to the Microsoft UAA class drivers through methods defined in the design guidelines and/or specification for each supported audio technology.
If the microphone array is implemented through USB, see the Microsoft UAA USB Audio Design Guidelines and the microphone array white paper outlining how to expose the array geometry in the descriptors of the USB audio device.
Depending on specific array geometry, report array characteristics by using the Windows audio device property set designed to expose the array geometry. See the Mic Array white paper for this info.
Design Notes
The Microphone Array software support in Windows requires the array to meet certain design guidelines as outlined in the Microsoft Mic Array design guidelines. The guidelines have exact metrics for the array geometries but there is tolerance built into the Windows mic array support.
The mic array needs to report its geometry to Windows accurately.
Mic Array White Paper: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/gg462985
Audio Device Technologies for Windows http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/gg454527
|
Exceptions: |
If a Microphone array is implemented then it must meet this requirement. |
|
Business Justification: |
Reporting the correct geometry to the Windows Operating System ensures that software processes the audio properly. |
|
Scenarios: |
When I plug in a communication device my PC knows what to do with it. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0067 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.SystemUsesHDAudioPinConfigs
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio
Title: System uses the HD Audio device pin configuration registers to expose logical devices supported by the Windows UAA HD Audio class driver
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Enabling the Microsoft UAA HD Audio class driver to create a number of HD Audio logical audio devices is important to ensure a great standard experience when third-party drivers are not available. This is done by adhering to the Microsoft HD Audio pin configuration programming guidelines and exposing the following devices divided into areas based on audio device hardware functionality resources.
Resource scenario #1: HD Audio device with hardware resources that support one independent render and one independent capture stream. The pin configurations must expose the following devices:
-
1 independent output (speaker, headphone, redirected headphone or line out)
-
1 independent input (microphone in, line in, mixed/muxed microphone in, or mixed/muxed line in)
Resource scenario #2: HD Audio device with hardware resources that support two independent render and two independent capture streams. The pin configurations must expose the following devices:
-
2 independent outputs (speaker, headphone, redirected headphone or line out)
-
2 independent inputs or 1 independent input and 1 mixed/muxed input (microphone in or line in)
Resource scenario #3: HD Audio device with hardware resources that support four or more independent render and two or more independent capture streams. The pin configurations must expose the following devices:
-
1 multi-channel independent output (speaker, redirected headphone or line out)
-
1 independent output (speaker, headphone or line out)
-
2 independent inputs or 1 independent input and 1 or more mixed/muxed inputs (microphone in or line in)
Resource scenario #4: HD Audio device with hardware resources that supports digital output (SPDIF or HDMI) output and/or digital (SPDIF or HDMI) input in addition to either of the first three resource scenarios. The pin configurations must expose the following devices in addition to the device required by the corresponding resource scenario:
-
1 independent digital output such as SPDIF or HDMI
-
1 independent digital input (if solution has this capability) such as SPDIF or HDMI
For front panel audio jacks on a desktop or the side/front panel jacks on a mobile platform, at least one of the jacks must be defined as a Headphone output in the HD Audio codecs pin configuration register by the system firmware and function as such as the default behavior.
Design Notes
Independent resource is defined as a stream that can pass through the device without affecting any other exposed device in the system/codec.
For more information, see Pin Configuration Guidelines for High Definition Audio Devices.
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
Without properly configured pin register defaults the Microsoft UAA HD Audio class driver is not able to deliver a base level audio experience in the absence of a third-party driver. The justification for the class driver: System Integrators, OEMs/ODMs; Independent Hardware Vendors can depend on Microsoft provided drivers to cover Operating system upgrades and installs, older or unsupported hardware, value products, SKUs where stability and security are imperative. For end users, there is guaranteed audio support on upgrade or clean Windows installation. It provides option for stable, secure audio when advanced features are not required. |
|
Scenarios: |
Outstanding sound when I plug into my headphone jack and listen to my music. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0049 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.TwoCaptureAndRenderScenarios
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio
Title: System includes hardware for at least two capture and render scenarios
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
If a system audio solution implements two or more input jacks (including internal MIC) and two or more output jacks (including internal speaker) there must be at least two stereo DACs and at least two stereo ADCs to support independent behavior for two of the input jack/output jack pairs. At least one logical input port must be independent and at least one logical output port must be independent.
Design Notes
To enable ubiquitous support for real-time communication from the PC audio hardware, regardless of other media playback or recording occurring at the same time, it is recommended that all primary audio solutions in a system with audio capabilities include at least two analog-to-digital converters and separate connectivity for both. The system would also support multi-streaming defined as multiple audio streams to multiple independent devices as exposed by the UAA-compliant audio device. For more information, see Universal Audio Architecture Hardware Design Guidelines.
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirements aims to enable communication through a certified Windows audio solution at all times, creating a telephone like experience where the PC can be trusted to always be there for communication purposes regardless of what else is going on in the system. |
|
Scenarios: |
Being able to plug into my headphone jack and listen to music. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0047 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.3rdPartyDriver
Description: The requirements and tests in this section are related to audio devices in a system that use a third party driver.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.3rdPartyDriver.UAA
System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.3rdPartyDriver.UAA
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemAudio.3rdPartyDriver
Title: Audio device is compliant with one of the appropriate technology specifications supported by the UAA initiative
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Audio devices in systems must comply with the Universal Audio Architecture (UAA).
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This helps ensure compatibility with Microsoft Windows Universal Audio Architecture. |
|
Scenarios: |
Play great sound. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
September 17, 2008 |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.SystemPCIController
Description: These requirements describe the requirements for a PCI or PCI Express controller in a system
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemPCIController.PCIRequirements
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemPCIController.SystemImplementingRiserCard
System.Fundamentals.SystemPCIController.PCIRequirements
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemPCIController
Title: System devices and firmware meet PCI requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
All PCI Express devices must comply with the PCI Base Express Specification 1.1 unless specified otherwise below.
Reverse bridge implementations as defined in Appendix A of the PCI Express to PCI/PCI-X Bridge Specification are not supported in Windows
A reverse bridge is not supported if it adheres to the guidelines and recommendations as defined in Appendix A of the PCI Express to PCI/PCI-X Bridge Specification, Revision 1.0.
System firmware disables the extended (non-VC0) virtual channels in PCI Express devices
The system firmware sets the VC enable bit (PCI Express Base Specification, Revision 1.0a, Section 7.11.7, "VC Resource Control Register: bit 31") to 0 for all extended (non-VC0) virtual channels in all PCI Express devices. This requirement does not apply to PCI Express High Definition Audio controllers, which use class code 04 and subclass code 03.Because extended support for VC hardware is optional, this requirement addresses the scenario in which incompatible VC hardware implementations might cause system reliability, stability, and performance issues.
Hardware vendors are encouraged to work with Microsoft to define the future direction of extended virtual channel support.
System firmware for PCI-X Mode 2 capable and PCI Express systems implements MCFG table for configuration space access
PCI-X Mode 2-capable and PCI Express systems must implement the MCFG ACPI table in PCI Firmware Specification, Revision 3.0.The configuration space of PCI-X Mode 2 and PCI Express devices must be accessible through the memory-mapped configuration space region defined in this table.
PCI-to-PCI bridges comply with PCI-to-PCI Bridge Architecture Specification
All PCI-to-PCI bridges must comply with PCI-to-PCI Bridge Architecture Specification, Revision 1.2.
Virtual bridges that comply with PCI Express also comply with PCI-to-PCI Bridge Architecture Specification
PCI Express Base Specification, Revision 1.0a, virtual bridges must comply with PCI-to-PCI Bridge Architecture Specification, Revision 1.1.
In addition, VGA 16-bit decode (Section 3.2.5.18, "Bridge Control Register, bit 4") and SSID and SSVID (Section 3.2.5.13) from PCI-to-PCI Bridge Architecture Specification, Revision 1.2, must also be supported.
SSID and SSVID support is not required until January 1, 2011. If implemented, SSID and SSVID must meet the specification.
SSVID is not required for PCIe to PCI/PCI-X bridges.
Mobile system can assign distinct IRQs for at least six PCI devices
Mobile systems must be able to assign at least six distinct interrupts for devices with a PCI configuration header. Note that if the system supports MSI, any devices that implement MSI can be counted against this minimum.
x64-based system provides 64-bit support in PCI subsystem
For x64-based systems, all PCI bridges on the system board must support dual-access cycle (DAC) for inbound access, and DAC-capable devices must not be connected below non-DAC-capable bridges, such as on adapter cards.
All new 64-bit adapters must be DAC capable.
This DAC requirement does not apply to outbound accesses to PCI devices. However, for systems in which DAC is not supported on outbound accesses to PCI devices, the system firmware must not claim that the bus aperture can be placed above the 4-GB boundary.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Ensure compatibility with industry standard. |
|
Scenarios: |
Compatibility |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0109 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemPCIController.SystemImplementingRiserCard
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemPCIController
Title: System board implementing a riser card provides a unique ID for the riser
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
The system firmware for a system board that supports any type of enumerable riser card, such as AMR, ACR, and CNR, must include the following support:
-
Detecting and enumerating each function on that type of riser device.
-
Representing each function on that device so the relevant Windows bus enumerator (such as a PCI bus enumerator) can detect it and then locate and install appropriate drivers.
For any riser card, the system firmware must provide a unique PCI SID assigned by the codec manufacturer. This requirement is identical to current requirements for audio and modem devices on a PCI add-on card. However, these riser cards are system-board devices, so the PCI SID must reflect that of the system-board manufacturer.
If an OEM chooses a riser card and driver from any riser card driver manufacturer, the system firmware must populate the fields as follows:
-
The PCI SVID must reflect the VID that the PCI-SIG assigned to that OEM.
-
The SID must be unique for each AC 97 device configuration. For example, for a MoM, MR, or AMR device, each SID must be unique.
If an OEM chooses a system board from a manufacturer that works with one or more codecs, the following applies:
-
The SVID must reflect the VID that the PCI-SIG assigned to that system-board manufacturer.
-
The SID must be unique for each AC 97 codec and device configuration. For example, for a MoM, MR, or AMR device, each SID must be unique.
-
For an AMR device, the system firmware must properly implement the detection algorithm from Intel to verify that the hardware on an AMR or MR extension is actually present.
Similar provisions exist in the CNR and ACR specifications.
Design Notes
See the Intel documents for AC 97 at http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=50733.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Required by the PCI-sig and we rely on this to load the right drivers. Drivers overall, including Windows Update, would not work without this. |
|
Scenarios: |
Device compatibility |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0025 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Description: This section contains requirements for systems with USB host controllers.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.EHCIToXHCIControllerTransitions
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.ExternalUSBonCSisEHCIorXHCI
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.MustIncludeSuperSpeedPort
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.SuperSpeedCapableConnectorRequirements
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.SuperSpeedPortsAreVisualDifferent
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.SuperSpeedTerminationRemainsOn
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.SystemExposesUSBPort
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.TestedUsingMicrosoftUsbStack
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.USB3andUSB2PortsRoutedToSameXHCIController
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.USBControllerTransferSpeed
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.USBDevicesandHostControllersWorkAfterPowerCycle
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.XhciBiosHandoffFollowsSpec
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.xHCICompatibleUnlessForApprovedTargetDesigns
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.XHCIControllerSaveState
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.XHCIControllersMustHaveEmbeddedInfo
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.xHCIControllerSupportMSIInterrupts
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.XhciSupportsMinimum31Streams
-
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.XHCIToEHCIControllerTransitions
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.EHCIToXHCIControllerTransitions
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: System firmware handles hand off of transition from xHCI USB controller to eHCI USB controller
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
If implemented, system firmware may support switching a port between an EHCI or XHCI controller. However only 1 controller may be active and identified to the OS for each USB port, and this controller may be switched only at boot time. Unless the XHCI controller is explicitly disabled in BIOS, the system firmware or a software filter driver must detect if the OS supports XHCI during boot, and if the OS supports XHCI, it must re-route the USB ports to the XHCI controller.
Design Note
To test this requirement, the user must plug in both a USB 3.0 and a USB 2.0 device into each USB 3.0 port that supports routing to the EHCI controller. Confirm that Windows 8 detects these devices as connected to the XHCI controller.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
If the system ships with the USB compatibility mode for legacy OS enabled, this compatibility mode must be disabled for Windows 8, so that users can realize the benefits of the XHCI controller. |
|
Scenarios: |
Compatibility |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.ExternalUSBonCSisEHCIorXHCI
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: External USB ports on system that support connected standby must be EHCI or XHCI
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
USB host controllers on systems that support Connected Standby must implement xHCI (eXtensible Host Controller Interface) or EHCI (Enhanced Host Controller Interface). Legacy companion controllers (UHCI/OHCI) are not supported.
All exposed ports must support all speeds slower than the maximum speed of the host controller, to enable support of legacy devices including keyboards and mice.
|
Required Speed Support |
EHCI Port (USB 2.0) |
XHCI Port (USB 3.0) |
|
Low-Speed |
Yes |
Yes |
|
Full-Speed |
Yes |
Yes |
|
Hi-Speed |
Yes |
Yes |
|
Super-Speed |
No |
Yes |
Transaction translators (TTs), integrated with the EHCI host controller, are not standardized, but the Windows EHCI driver supports several implementations of a controller-integrated TT. The supported integrated TT implementation must be identified in ACPI using the _HRV hardware revision for the USB controller. Please contact the USB team to determine if your implementation is supported and for more information about which _HRV value should be reported.
If the USB EHCI controller does not feature an integrated TT, any externally exposed ports must be routed through an embedded rate-matching hub.
For improved power efficiency and performance, USB Host Controllers on systems that support Connected Standby are recommended to be at least USB 3.0 compatible, with an XHCI controller integrated into the SOC or chipset. The operating system supports standard EHCI and XHCI controllers including debug registers.
|
USB Host Controller Interface |
Recommendation |
|
UHCI/OHCI Companion Controllers |
Not-supported |
|
EHCI |
Supported |
|
XHCI (including debug capability) |
Supported and Recommended |
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
For improved power efficiency and performance, Windows does not support legacy UHCI and OHCI controllers on systems that support Connected Standby. This requirement also ensures that USB keyboard and mice work as expected when connected to the USB port. USB 3.0 ports connected to a standard XHCI controller automatically satisfy this requirement. |
|
Scenarios: |
This requirement supports the Connected standby feature. |
|
Success Metric: |
USB Keyboard and mouse works correctly on all externally exposed USB ports and the USB OHCI/UHCI drivers are not loaded. |
|
Enforcement Date: |
06/01/2012 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.MustIncludeSuperSpeedPort
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: ARM systems have at least one user-accessible, fully-powered USB 3.0 port
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows RT
Description
ARM systems must implement at least one user-accessible USB 3.0 ports. The USB ports must also fully comply with the USB 2.0 specification and must properly support 500 mA USB 1.1 devices.
|
Exceptions: |
If no Windows-compatible ARM system-on-chip devices are currently available at design-in time which can meet the requirement, the requirement may be waived subject to mutual agreement of a target design within the normal IDP target design definition process. |
|
Business Justification: |
Consumer electronics quality and compatibility with peripherals |
|
Scenarios: |
Connection to high speed printers and storage devices |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
No Windows RT-compatible SOCs can support xHCI SuperSpeed USB 3 today. This results in system contingencies at GA. |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.SuperSpeedCapableConnectorRequirements
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: Each exposed SuperSpeed capable connector supports SuperSpeed, high, full and low speed USB devices routed through its xHCI controller
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows RT
Description
xHCI Controllers are backwards compatible with SuperSpeed, high, full, and low speed USB devices. Backwards compatible is defined as all USB devices enumerate and function at their intended speeds. More than one xHCI controller may be present on a system as long as the SuperSpeed capable ports are correctly routed. EHCI controllers may also be present on the system; however SuperSpeed capable ports should not be routed through them.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement ensures that low, full, and high speed devices continue to work as xHCI controllers become more prevalent in systems. |
|
Scenarios: |
Device Compatibility |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8019 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.SuperSpeedPortsAreVisualDifferent
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: Systems with SuperSpeed Ports and non-SuperSpeed ports must have visual differentiation between the two types of ports
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows RT
Description
If the system under test has exposed mixed ports (both SuperSpeed and non-SuperSpeed ports, such as USB 2.0 ports, exposed to the user) the SuperSpeed ports must be visually distinguishable from the non-SuperSpeed ports.
Non-SuperSpeed ports must not be marked blue as blue is reserved in the USB 3.0 specification (Section 5.3.1.3) as an optional marking for SuperSpeed ports.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
The intent of this requirement is to allow users to be able to clearly distinguish their SuperSpeed ports on a mixed port system to get optimal performance from their SuperSpeed devices. Note that we are only asking for this differentiation if both types of ports are exposed to the user. |
|
Scenarios: |
Device compatibility |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.SuperSpeedTerminationRemainsOn
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: SuperSpeed termination remains on once power is applied to the bus, unless the OS explicitly removes it.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows RT
Description
Once the system firmware applies power to the bus, for all xHCI ports, the SuperSpeed termination remains on unless the OS explicitly removes it.
Design Note
To test this requirement, the user must plug in a USB 3.0 peripheral device (that is, a non-hub). The device must meet the following requirement. Given these circumstances:
-
Device is connected to a USB 3.0 connector
-
Device is operating at USB 2.0
-
The connectors SuperSpeed termination transitions from Disabled to Enabled, but there is NOT a USB 2.0 reset
The test may fail if the peripheral device connects over USB 3.0 under these circumstances, because such a device cannot be used to validate this requirement. The device must wait for a USB 2.0 reset before attempting to connect over USB 3.0. For more information about the expected behavior of peripheral devices, see section 10.16.1 of the Universal Serial Bus 3.0 Specification.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
If SuperSpeed terminations are removed, the device enumerates over USB 2.0 and there is a delay for the device to be re-enumerated over USB 3.0. |
|
Scenarios: |
Compatibility |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.SystemExposesUSBPort
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: Systems must have at least one user-accessible USB port
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
All systems must expose at least one external USB host port. For the best experience with Windows, all systems are recommended to have an externally accessible standard USB A port. This allows users to connect their existing USB devices, without an adapter. Standard USB A ports can also be used as a kernel debug port, to expose standard USB EHCI Host debug, USB xHCI host debug, or USB function debugging.
While USB 2.0 capable controllers are acceptable, USB 3.0 xHCI host controllers are preferred. The USB ports must fully comply with the USB 3.0 or USB 2.0 specification. USB 3.0 connectors must properly support 900mA USB 3.0 devices, and 500 mA USB 2.0 and 1.1 devices. USB 2.0 ports must properly support 500 mA USB 2.0 and 1.1 devices.
Windows supports several dual-role (OTG) USB controllers with an eHCI compliant host controller implementation. These dual-role controllers can be used primarily in host mode with the inbox Windows USB controller drivers. When properly configured, several of these supported dual-role controllers can be used as a kernel debug transport in function mode.
If the system's form factor is too thin to expose a standard USB A port, it is acceptable to expose a micro-A/B port. See the table below for the complete list of options.
However, if the system does not expose a Standard USB A Port, it must ship with an adapter that changes the port exposed by the system to a Standard USB A Port. This adapter enables a user to connect a standard USB device to the micro-USB A/B port or proprietary docking port and port and must ground the USB ID pin of the port.
|
External USB Ports |
Recommendation |
|
Standard USB A Port(s) |
Recommended |
|
Micro-USB A/B (Host + Function debug) Port |
Supported |
|
Micro-USB B Port + 1 or more Standard USB A Port |
Supported |
|
Proprietary Docking Port with USB Host and/or debug Functionality |
Supported |
|
Mini-USB A, A/B or B Port |
Not Support |
|
Proprietary USB Host Port |
Not Supported |
|
Micro-USB A/B Port + 1 or more Standard USB A Port |
Not Supported |
Whatever USB port type is chosen, it must be correctly described in ACPI with the _UPC (USB Port Capabilities) package type parameter as defined in the ACPI 4.0a specification, section 9.13. This information allows Windows to determine when a micro-A/B port is exposed, and ID pin detection is necessary.
A simple Standard USB A male to Micro USB B female adapter can be used to expose USB function or XHCI host debug transport from a Standard USB-A port. This adapter must prevent shorts on the VBus line by removing the VBus line completely or by having a 1kOhm resistor inline with the VBus line. It is strongly recommended that the standard USB A port provide built-in protection against a short on the VBus line. This can occur if the USB port is connected to another host when it is not properly configured in debug mode.
If there is a standard USB A (host) port in addition to a micro-USB B (function debug) port, the USB ports must be connected to separate USB controllers. Thus, the micro-USB B (function) port can be connected to a USB OTG controller in function mode while the standard USB A (host) port would be connected to a USB host controller.
If the micro-USB B port provides no additional functionality beyond debugging, it must be hidden in the battery compartment or behind a easily removable cover. In order to comply with USB-IF requirements, VBUS must not be asserted on the micro-A/B port until the resistance to ground of the ID pin of the micro-USB A/B port is less than 10 Ohms. This prevents a short circuit when a user connects a micro-USB B cable to another USB host, such as a desktop. Alternatively, the port can implement short protection circuitry for VBus.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Allowing users to use their existing USB devices is a differentiating feature of Windows. The micro-USB port or proprietary docking port allows thinner form factors to be designed. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.TestedUsingMicrosoftUsbStack
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: Systems with xHCI Controllers must be tested with The Microsoft xHCI Stack installed
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Systems with Extensible Host Controller Interface (xHCI) Controllers must be tested with The Microsoft xHCI Stack installed and enabled.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
All USB host controllers must be compatible with the Microsoft inbox driver stack. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.USB3andUSB2PortsRoutedToSameXHCIController
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: Systems which have xHCI controllers, should route the USB 3.0 (Super Speed) and 2.0 port corresponding to each connector to the same xHCI Controller
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
For systems that have xHCI controllers, any 2.0 and 3.0 (SuperSpeed) ports that are share a connection point must be routed to the same xHCI controller. This requirement applies to all USB connection points, whether they are externally visible or not.
This would explicitly prevent companion controller implementation of xHCI controllers in systems.
Companion controller implementation for xHCI should be avoided because it can cause device issues such as bug checks, bad device states as well as devices going missing as well as provide a bad user experience. xHCI drivers should be able to handle all device speeds and types and thus a companion controller should not be necessary when integrating an xHCI controller into a system.
Design Notes
Referenced in the xHCI v1.x specification, section 4.24.2.2
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This reduces the risk of a system crash due to fast switch of devices between USB ports. |
|
Scenarios: |
Device compatibility and stability. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
December 1, 2010 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0225 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.USBControllerTransferSpeed
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: USB Host Controllers can achieve transfer speeds as defined in the table below
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
xHCI USB Host controllers have the ability to achieve at least the transfer speeds as defined in the table below for their respective type
|
Operating Speed |
Theoretical Limit |
Transfer to Achieve |
Transfer to Achieve MB/s |
|
USB 3.0 |
5 Gb/s |
2.4 Gb/s |
300 MB/s |
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This targets third-party controller drivers which are used with USB 3.0. Though these speeds are in the specifications they are not tested by the USB-IF. |
|
Scenarios: |
Performance |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
December 1, 2010 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0236 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.USBDevicesandHostControllersWorkAfterPowerCycle
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: All USB devices and host controllers work properly upon resume from sleep, hibernation or restart without a forced reset of the USB host controller
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
All USB devices and host controllers work properly upon resume from sleep, hibernation or restart without a forced reset of the USB host controller
Design Notes
Registry key ForceHCResetOnResume documented at the KB below is not needed for devices to function properly upon resume in Windows 7 or newer.
http://support.microsoft.com/kb/928631
Note that a known set of currently existing devices do require a forced reset upon resume; these devices are covered in a list kept by the OS which resets these devices upon resume. The goal of this requirement is to ensure that this list of devices which need a reset to appear after resume does not grow and that devices can properly handle sleep state transitions without being reset. A reset of the entire USB Host Controller results in significantly increased time that it takes for all USB devices to become available after system resume since there could be only one device at address 0 at a time, this enumeration has to be serialized for all USB devices on the bus. We have also seen that resetting the host controller can lead to an illegal SE1 signal state on some host controllers, which in turn can cause some USB devices to hang or drop off the bus. Moreover, devices cannot maintain any private state across sleep resume as that state is lost on reset.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This registry value was created as a fix for devices that were not coming back upon resume. |
|
Scenarios: |
Power Management |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
December 1, 2010. |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0235 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.XhciBiosHandoffFollowsSpec
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: xHCI BIOS handoff follows specification
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows RT
Description
For all xHCI controllers exposed to the OS, the system firmware must follow the BIOS handoff procedure defined in section 4.2.2.1 of the xHCI specification.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Driver software expects the BIOS to perform handoff compliant to specification. |
|
Scenarios: |
Compatibility |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.xHCICompatibleUnlessForApprovedTargetDesigns
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: System that support Connected Standby must implement SuperSpeed ports as defined in the xHCI and SuperSpeed specification or use approved eHCI reference design
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows 8 (x64)
Description
Systems that support Connected Standby that have USB connectors must enable USB 3 capabilities as defined in the SuperSpeed and xHCI specification or they must use approved eHCI reference design for USB 2 capabilities.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
USB ports on the system enhance the end user experience so they can use their peripherals with the system and having an xHCI USB host controller would be able to take full advantage of the latest USB 3.0 devices. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.XHCIControllerSaveState
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: xHCI controllers correctly save and restore state, or else indicates an error
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows RT
Description
Refer to sections 4.23.2.1, 5.4.1, and 5.4.2 of the xHCI specification version 1.0, plus any applicable errata. Upon completion of the Controller Restore State operation, if the controller has not successfully restored its internal state to the appropriate state, then it must set the Save/Restore Error bit to '1'. Errors could be due to power loss during low system power states, or other conditions.
Testability/how to test: Simplest way to test (uses usbxhci): Connect a device to xHCI, suspend/resume the system, look for ETW errors such as "Slot not enabled" in the resume path.
To get better coverage (uses compliance stack):
-
Have no devices enumerated
-
Read number of device slots
-
Send an Enable Slot command for each device slot
-
Attempt one extra Enable Slot command it should return No slots available
-
Save state
-
Put the system in a low power state and wake it
-
Restore state
-
Attempt one extra Enable Slot command it should return No slots available
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Software is tolerant of this error if it is reported by the hardware in accordance with the spec. If the error is not reported, further unexpected errors will occur later, because the host controller driver continues to have an incorrect view of the state of the host controller. No performant mitigations exist that cover all ways in which a controller could fail silently. The Windows HCK tests for some failures, and Microsoft publishes this requirement to highlight the importance of the error mechanism for save/restore state. |
|
Scenarios: |
USB Host controllers work seamlessly through power transition states. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8010 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.XHCIControllersMustHaveEmbeddedInfo
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: Systems with xHCI controllers must have embedded ACPI information for port routing
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Please reference ACPI specification version 4.0.
The ACPI namespace hierarchy for USB devices should exactly match the devices hierarchy enumerated by Windows operating system.
All connectable USB ports are required to have a _PLD object. In addition, two fields in the _PLD object: Group token (Bit 86:79) and Group Position (Bit 94:87) should be correctly defined for all USB connection points, including those that are not visible externally (which should be indicated by setting bit 64 to zero).
No two USB connection points should have identical combination of Group token and Group Position. If two ports are sharing a connection point, they should have identical _PLD objects.
This information helps define the mapping of USB ports to uniquely identifiable connection points. The Windows USB 3.0 stack uses this information to determine which ports are tied to the same connection points. Any USB port that does not have a _PLD object is assumed to be not connectable and not visible (in other words, it is not being used at all). The definition of connectable port as per ACPI 4.0 spec (section 9.13), is a port on which either a user can connect a device OR there is an integrated device connected to it.
Design Notes
Example
This example is based on xHCI Spec (Version .95) Appendix D. The hardware configuration is exactly the same as in that Appendix. The ACPI representation of that hardware configuration differs in this example; those differences are highlighted.
The following is an example of the ACPI objects defined for an xHCI that implements a High-speed and SuperSpeed Bus Instance that are associated with USB2 and USB3 Protocol Root Hub Ports, respectively. The xHCI also supports an integrated High-speed hub to provide Low- and Full-speed functionality. The External Ports defined by the xHC implementation provide either a USB2 data bus (for example: a D+/D- signal pair) or a SuperSpeed (or future USB speed) data bus (for example: SSRx+/SSRx- and SSTx+/SSTx-signal pairs).
Where:
-
The motherboard presents 5 user visible connectors C1- C5.
-
Motherboard connectors C1 and C2 support USB2 (LS/FS/HS) devices.
-
Motherboard connectors C3, C4 and C5 support USB3 (LS/FS/HS/SS) devices.
-
Motherboard connectors C1 and C2 support USB2 (LS/FS/HS) devices.
-
The xHCI implements a High-speed Bus Instance associated with USB2 Protocol Root Hub ports. For example, HCP1 and HCP2 are High-speed only, and they do not provide no Low- or Full-speed support.
-
The xHCI presents 7 External Ports (P1- P7).
-
External Port 1 (P1) is HS only and is not visible or connectable.
-
External Ports 2- 5 (P2- P5) support LS/FS/HS devices.
-
P2 is attached to motherboard USB2 connector C1.
-
P3 is attached to motherboard USB2 connector C2.
-
P4 is attached to the USB 2.0 logical hub of the Embedded USB3 Hub on the motherboard. The USB 2.0 logical hub supports the LS/FS/HS connections for 2 ports (EP1- EP2)
-
The USB 2.0 connections of motherboard hub ports EP1 and EP2 are attached to motherboard connectors C3 and C4 respectively, providing the LS/FS/HS support for the USB3 connectors.
-
P2 is attached to motherboard USB2 connector C1.
-
P5 is attached to motherboard connector C5, providing the LS/FS/HS support to the motherboard USB3 connector C5.
-
External Port 6 (P6) is attached to the SuperSpeed logical hub of the Embedded USB3 Hub on the motherboard. The SuperSpeed logical hub supports the SS connections of 2 ports (EP1- EP2).
-
The SuperSpeed connections of motherboard hub ports EP1 and EP2 are attached to motherboard connectors C3 and C4 respectively, providing the SS support for the USB3 connectors.
-
External Port 7 (P7) is attached to motherboard connectors C5, providing the SS support for the USB3 connector.
-
External Port 1 (P1) is HS only and is not visible or connectable.
-
The xHCI implements 4 internal HS Root Hub ports (HCP1- HCP4), 2 High-speed and 2 SuperSpeed.
-
Internal Port 1 (HCP1) maps directly to External Port 1 (P1).
-
Internal Port 2 (HCP2) is attached to a HS Integrated Hub. The Integrated Hub supports 4 ports (IP1- IP4).
-
Ports 1 to 4 (IP1-IP4) of the Integrated Hub attach to External Ports 2 to 5 (P2-P5), respectively.
-
Ports 1 to 4 (IP1-IP4) of the Integrated Hub attach to External Ports 2 to 5 (P2-P5), respectively.
-
Internal Ports 3 and 4 (HCP3, HCP4) attach to External Ports 6 and 7 (P6, P7), respectively.
-
Internal Port 1 (HCP1) maps directly to External Port 1 (P1).
-
All connectors are located on the back panel and assigned to the same Group.
-
Connectors C1 and C2 are USB2 compatible and their color is not specified. Connectors C3 to C5 are USB3 compatible and their color is specified.
-
External Ports P1 - P5 present a USB2 data bus (for example: a D+/D- signal pair). External Ports P6 and P7 present a SuperSpeed data bus (for example: SSRx+/SSRx- and SSTx+/SSTx- signal pairs).
Scope( \_SB ) {
…
Device( PCI0 ) {
…
// Host controller ( xHCI )
Device( USB0 ) {
// PCI device#/Function# for this HC. Encoded as specified in the ACPI
// specification
Name( _ADR, 0xyyyyzzzz )
// Root hub device for this HC #1.
Device( RHUB ) {
Name( _ADR, 0x00000000 ) // must be zero for USB root hub
// Root Hub port 1 ( HCP1 )
Device( HCP1 ) {// USB0.RHUB.HCP1
Name( _ADR, 0x00000001 )
// USB port configuration object. This object returns the system
// specific USB port configuration information for port number 1
Name( _UPC, Package() {
0x01,// Port is connectable but not visible
0xFF,// Connector type (N/A for non-visible ports)
0x00000000,// Reserved 0 - must be zero
0x00000000} )// Reserved 1 - must be zero
} // Device( HCP1 )
// Root Hub port 2 ( HCP2 )
Device( HCP2 ) {// USB0.RHUB.HCP2
Name( _ADR, 0x00000002 )
Name( _UPC, Package() {
0xFF,// Port is connectable
0x00,// Connector type - (N/A for non-visible ports)
0x00000000,// Reserved 0 - must be zero
0x00000000} )// Reserved 1 - must be zero
// Even an internal connection point should have a _PLD and
// provide a valid Group Token and Position
Name( _PLD, Buffer( 0x10) {
0x00000081,// Revision 1,
// color width height ignored for non-visible connector
0x00000000,// connector type ignored for non-visible connector
0x00808000,// Not User visible, Panel, position shape ignored,
// Group Token = 1, Group Position = 1
// This is the group of all internal connectors.
// Each connector should have a unique position in this
// group
0x00000000} )// Ignored for non-visible connectors
//
// There is no separate node for the integrated hub itself
//
// Integrated hub port 1 ( IP1 )
Device( IP1 ) {// USB0.RHUB.HCP2.IP1
// Address object for the port. Because the port is
// implemented on integrated hub port #1, this value must be 1
Name( _ADR, 0x00000001 )
Name( _UPC, Package() {
0xFF,// Port is connectable
0x00,// Connector type - Type A
0x00000000,// Reserved 0 - must be zero
0x00000000} )// Reserved 1 - must be zero
// provide physical connector location info
Name( _PLD, Buffer( 0x10) {
0x00000081,// Revision 1, Ignore color
// Color (ignored), width and height not
0x00000000,// required as this is a standard USB A type
// connector
0x00800c69,// User visible, Back panel, Center, left,
// shape = vert. rect, Group Token = 0,
// Group Position 1 (for example: Connector C1)
0x00000003} )// ejectable, requires OPSM eject assistance
} // Device( IP1 )
// Integrated Hub port 2 ( IP2 )
Device( IP2 ) {// USB0.RHUB.HCP2.IP2
// Address object for the port. Because the port is
// implemented on integrated hub port #2, this value must be 2
Name( _ADR, 0x00000002 )
Name( _UPC, Package() {
0xFF,// Port is connectable
0x00,// Connector type - Type A
0x00000000,// Reserved 0 - must be zero
0x00000000} )// Reserved 1 - must be zero
// provide physical connector location info
Name( _PLD, Buffer( 0x10) {
0x00000081,// Revision 1, Ignore color
// Color (ignored), width and height not
0x00000000,// required as this is a standard USB A type
// connector
0x01000c69,// User visible, Back panel, Center, Left,
// Shape = vert. rect, Group Token = 0,
// Group Position 2 (for example: Connector C2)
0x00000003} )// ejectable, requires OPSM eject assistance
} // Device( IP2 )
// Integrated Hub port 3 ( IP3 )
Device( IP3 ) { // USB0.RHUB.HCP2.IP3
// Address object for the port. Because the port is implemented
// on integrated hub port #3, this value must be 3
Name( _ADR, 0x00000003 )
// Must match the _UPC declaration for USB0.RHUB.HCP3 as
// this port shares the connection point
Name( _UPC, Package() {
0xFF,// Port is not connectable
0x00,// Connector type - (N/A for non-visible ports)
0x00000000,// Reserved 0 - must be zero
0x00000000} )// Reserved 1 - must be zero
// Even an internal connection point should have a _PLD and
// provide a valid Group Token and Position.
// Must match the _PLD declaration for USB0.RHUB.HCP3 as
// this port shares the connection point
Name( _PLD, Buffer( 0x10) {
0x00000081,// Revision 1,
// color width height ignored for non-visible connector
0x00000000,// connector type ignored for non-visible connector
0x01008000,// Not User visible, Panel, position shape ignored,
// Group Token = 1, Group Position = 2
// This is the group of all internal connectors.
// Each connector should have a unique position in this
// group
0x00000000} )// Ignored for non-visible connectors
//
// There is no separate node for the embedded hub itself
//
// Motherboard Embedded Hub 2.0 Logical Hub port 1 ( EP1 )
Device( EP1 ) {// USB0.RHUB.HCP2.IP3.EP1
Name( _ADR, 0x00000001 )
// Must match the _UPC declaration for
// USB0.RHUB.HCP3.EP1 as this port provides
// the LS/FS/HS connection for C3
Name( _UPC, Package() {
0xFF,// Port is connectable
0x03,// Connector type - USB 3 Type A
0x00000000,// Reserved 0 - must be zero
0x00000000} )// Reserved 1 - must be zero
// provide physical connector location info
Name( _PLD, Buffer( 0x10) {
0x0072C601,// Revision 1, Color valid
// Color (0072C6h), width and height not
0x00000000,// required as this is a standard USB
// A type connector
0x01800c69,// User visible, Back panel, Center,
// Left, shape = vert.
// rect, Group Token = 0,
// Group Position 3 (for example: Connector C3)
0x00000003} )// ejectable, requires OPSM eject
// assistance
} // Device(EP1)
// Motherboard Embedded Hub 2.0 Logical Hub port 2 ( EP2 )
Device( EP2 ) {// USB0.RHUB.HCP2.IP3.EP2
Name( _ADR, 0x00000002 )
// Must match the _UPC declaration for
// USB0.RHUB.HCP3.EHUB.EP2 as this port provides
// the LS/FS/HS connection for C4
Name( _UPC, Package() {
0xFF,// Port is connectable
0x03,// Connector type - USB 3 Type A
0x00000000,// Reserved 0 - must be zero
0x00000000} )// Reserved 1 - must be zero
// provide physical connector location info
Name( _PLD, Buffer( 0x10) {
0x0072C601,// Revision 1, Color valid
// Color (0072C6h), width and height not
0x00000000,// required as this is a standard USB
// A type connector
0x02000c69,// User visible, Back panel, Center,
// Left, Shape = vert.
// rect, Group Token = 0,
// Group Position 4 (for example Connector C4)
0x00000003} )// ejectable, requires OPSM eject
//assistance
} // Device( EP2 )
} // Device( IP3 )
// Integrated hub port 4 ( IP4 )
Device( IP4 ) { // USB0.RHUB.HCP2.IP4
Name(_ADR, 0x00000004)
// Must match the _UPC declaration for USB0.RHUB.HCP4 as
// this port provides the LS/FS/HS connection for C5
Name( _UPC, Package() {
0xFF,// Port is connectable
0x03,// Connector type - USB 3 Type A
0x00000000,// Reserved 0 - must be zero
0x00000000} )// Reserved 1 - must be zero
// provide physical connector location info
Name( _PLD, Buffer(0x10) {
0x0072C601,// Revision 1, Color valid
// Color (0072C6h), width and height not
0x00000000,// required as this is a standard USB A type
// connector
0x02800c69,// User visible, Back panel, Center, Left,
// Shape = vert. rectangle, Group Token = 0,
// Group Position 5 (for example: Connector C5)
0x00000003} )// ejectable, requires OPSM eject assistance
} // Device( IP4 )
} // Device( HCP2 )
// Root Hub port 3 ( HCP3 )
Device( HCP3 ) {
Name( _ADR, 0x00000003 )
// Must match the _UPC declaration for USB0.RHUB.HCP2.IP3 as
// this port shares the connection point
Name( _UPC, Package() {
0xFF,// Port is connectable
0x00,// Connector type - (N/A for non-visible ports)
0x00000000,// Reserved 0 - must be zero
0x00000000} )// Reserved 1 - must be zero
// Even an internal connection point should have a _PLD and
// provide a valid Group Token and Position.
// Must match the _PLD declaration for USB0.RHUB.HCP2.IP3 as
// this port shares the connection point
Name( _PLD, Buffer( 0x10) {
0x00000081,// Revision 1,
// color width height ignored for non-visible connector
0x00000000,// connector type ignored for non-visible connector
0x01008000,// Not User visible, Panel, position shape ignored,
// Group Token = 1, Group Position = 2
// This is the group of all internal connectors.
// Each connector should have a unique position in this
// group
0x00000000} )// Ignored for non-visible connectors
//
// There is no separate node for the embedded hub itself
//
// Motherboard Embedded Hub SS Logical Hub port 1 ( EP1 )
Device( EP1 ) {// USB0.RHUB.HCP3.EP1
Name( _ADR, 0x00000001 )
// Must match the _UPC declaration for
// USB0.RHUB.HCP2.IHUB.IP3.EHUB.EP1 as this port
// provides the SS connection for C3
Name( _UPC, Package() {
0xFF,// Port is connectable
0x03,// Connector type - USB 3 Type A
0x00000000,// Reserved 0 - must be zero
0x00000000} )// Reserved 1 - must be zero
// provide physical connector location info
Name( _PLD, Buffer( 0x10) {
0x0072C601,// Revision 1, Color valid
// Color (0072C6h), width and height not
0x00000000,// required as this is a standard USB
// A type connector
0x01800c69,// User visible, Back panel, Center,
// Left, shape = vert.
// rect, Group Token = 0,
// Group Position 3 (for example: Connector C3)
0x00000003} )// ejectable, requires OPSM eject
// assistance
} // Device(EP1)
// Motherboard Embedded Hub SS Logical Hub port 2 ( EP2 )
Device( EP2 ) {// USB0.RHUB.HCP2.EP2
Name( _ADR, 0x00000002 )
// Must match the _UPC declaration for
// USB0.RHUB.HCP3.IP3.EP2 as this port
// provides the SS connection for C4
Name( _UPC, Package() {
0xFF,// Port is connectable
0x03,// Connector type - USB 3 Type A
0x00000000,// Reserved 0 - must be zero
0x00000000} )// Reserved 1 - must be zero
// provide physical connector location info
Name( _PLD, Buffer( 0x10) {
0x0072C601,// Revision 1, Color valid
// Color (0072C6h), width and height not
0x00000000,// required as this is a standard USB
// A type connector
0x02000c69,// User visible, Back panel, Center,
// Left, Shape = vert.
// rect, Group Token = 0,
// Group Position 4 (for example: Connector C4)
0x00000003} )// ejectable, requires OPSM eject
// assistance
} // Device( EP2 )
} // Device( HCP3 )
// Root Hub port 4 ( HCP4 )
Device( HCP4 ) {// USB0.RHUB.HCP4
Name( _ADR, 0x00000004 )
// Must match the _UPC declaration for USB0.RHUB.HCP2.IP4 as
// this port provides the SS connection for C5
Name( _UPC, Package() {
0xFF,// Port is connectable
0x03,// Connector type USB 3 Type A
0x00000000,// Reserved 0 must be zero
0x00000000} )// Reserved 1 must be zero
// provide physical connector location info
Name( _PLD, Buffer( 0x10) {
0x0072C601,// Revision 1, Color valid
// Color (0072C6h), width and height not
0x00000000,// required as this is a standard USB A type
// connector
0x02800c69,// User visible, Back panel, Center, Left,
// Shape = vert. rect, Group Token = 0,
// Group Position 5 (for example: Connector C5)
0x00000003} )// ejectable, requires OPSM eject assistance
} // Device( HCP4 )
} // Device( RHUB )
} // Device( USB0 )
//
// Define additional control methods
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This info must be correct so Windows knows which of the available ports are SuperSpeed capable and can direct the user to the correct port when they connect a SuperSpeed device. |
|
Scenarios: |
Device compatibility |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
December 1, 2010 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0226 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.XhciSupportsRuntimePowerManagement
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: All USB xHCI host controllers support runtime power management including, if implemented, runtime wake
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
All USB xHCI host controllers in the system must support runtime power management, as required by the eXtensible Host Controller Interface specification, version 1.0, Section 4.15.
Runtime is defined as the system working state (S0), including the Connected Standby sub-state of S0 if Connected Standby is supported.
Power management of the host controller encompasses software-initiated idle power down (controller low power state such as D3), software-initiated power up, and, optionally, hardware-initiated wake signaling.
For each xHCI controller that is reported to support runtime wake signaling, the controller must be able to wake itself successfully upon any of the following events:
-
Any suspended port detecting device wake signaling, or
-
Any port detecting connect, disconnect, or overcurrent, when the corresponding PORTSC Wake on Xxx bit is set to '1'.
For more details, see Section 4.15 of the xHCI specification.
The system plays a role in delivering xHCI wake signals properly. Therefore, the system must correctly report, via ACPI, whether each xHCI controller is capable of waking at runtime. This information must be reported in the ACPI _S0W object.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
USB Power Management is critical to battery life. |
|
Scenarios: |
Power Management |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 RTM |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.xHCIControllerSupportMSIInterrupts
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: xHCI Controllers support MSI and/or MSI-X interrupts
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
Description
USB xHCI host controllers (eXtensible Host Controller Interface) in systems must support and use MSI and/or MSI-X interrupts as defined in section 6.8 of the PCI Local Bus Specification Revision 3.0 and Section 5.2.6 of the xHCI specification.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This is to ensure compliance with the industry specification |
|
Scenarios: |
Device compatibility |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8017 |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.XhciSupportsMinimum31Streams
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: xHCI controller must support at least 31 primary streams per endpoint
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows RT
Description
Refer to the eXtensible Host Controller Interface specification, section 4.12.2.
This requirement is for the MaxPSASize in the HCCPARAMS to be set to 4 at the minimum to enable ultimate data transfer rate with UAS devices.
Storage devices based on the USB Attached SCSI Protocol (UASP) use streams to achieve faster data transfer rates. To enable the best experience with these devices, every xHCI controller must support at least 31 primary streams.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
USB based storage devices must be USB Attached SCSI Protocol (UASP) and use streams to achieve faster data transfer rates. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB.XHCIToEHCIControllerTransitions
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.SystemUSB
Title: Once the power is applied to the bus, the SuperSpeed termination remains on unless the OS explicitly removes it
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Once the power is applied to the bus, the SuperSpeed termination remains on unless the OS explicitly removes it.
System firmware supporting EHCI<->xHCI mode switch enter xHCI mode properly and are always in xHCI mode when Windows 8 boots.
"Properly" is defined as:
-
Select xHCI
-
Transition USB bus from VBUS off to VBUS enabled
-
Leave connectors' SuperSpeed terminations enabled for the entire time between steps 2 and 4
-
Handoff xHCI to the OS.
To test this requirement, the user must plug in a USB 3.0 peripheral device (that is, a non-hub). The device must meet the following requirement. Given these circumstances:
-
Device is connected to a USB 3.0 connector
-
Device is operating at USB 2.0
-
The connector's SuperSpeed termination transitions from Disabled to Enabled, but there is NOT a USB 2.0 reset
The test may fail if the peripheral device connects over USB 3.0 under these circumstances, because such a device cannot be used to validate this requirement. The device must wait for a USB 2.0 reset before attempting to connect over USB 3.0. For more information about the expected behavior of peripheral devices, see section 10.16.1 of the Universal Serial Bus 3.0 Specification.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
The purpose is that the controller manufacturers must implement UEFI or BIOS handoff per spec. If system builders configured a system firmware setting to use xHCI, the controller follows the configuration appropriately and does not switch back to eHCI. |
|
Scenarios: |
Compatibility |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
System.Fundamentals.TPM.CS
Description: A Trusted Platform Module (TPM) is a microchip designed to provide basic security related functions. Requirements in this area reflect the required TPM version and compatibility with Windows BitLocker.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.TPM.CS.ConnectedStandby
System.Fundamentals.TPM.CS.ConnectedStandby
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.TrustedPlatformModule
Title: Connected Standby systems must implement TPM v2.0
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Mandatory. Connected Standby systems must implement a TPM2.0 solution that meets the requirements defined in System.Fundamentals.TPM20.TPM20.
Mandatory. The system must record measurements into PCR [7] as specified in Appendix A of the specification "Trusted Execution Environment EFI Protocol, Draft 1.00 dated March 2, 2012". This specification must be requested explicitly from Microsoft. To acquire the current version, first check for its availability on the Microsoft Connect site. If it is not available, contact http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=237130.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This functionality is needed to support BitLocker Drive Encryption and Trusted Boot. |
|
Scenarios: |
BitLocker, Trusted Boot |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Technical Update: |
7/2/2012 |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.TPM20
Description: A Trusted Platform Module (TPM) is a microchip designed to provide basic security related functions. Requirements in this area reflect the required TPM version and compatibility with Windows BitLocker.Related Requirements:
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.TPM20.TPM20
System.Fundamentals.TPM20.TPM20
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.TPM20
Title: Requirements for all systems that implement the TPM 2.0 specification
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
For a system that implements TPM 2.0, the platform must comply with the following requirements:
-
Mandatory. The platform shall implement all "Required" features in the table below. "Recommended" entries are for specific configurations.
|
Integrity Feature |
SOC Hardware Functionality |
Required |
Recommended |
|
Trusted Execution Environment3 |
Isolated Storage Availability of storage for storing long term secrets. This storage must not be possible to modify by the OS without detection by pre-Operating System components. |
X |
|
|
Secure (isolated from runtime OS) storage of:
|
X |
||
|
Platform Attestation |
|
X |
|
|
X |
||
|
X |
||
|
X |
-
Mandatory. A platform that does not support a separate, and from the main CPU(s) isolated, cryptographic processing unit must support a Trusted Execution Mode. The Trusted Execution Mode must have a higher privilege level than the Normal Execution Mode, giving it access to data and code not available to the Normal Execution Mode.
-
Mandatory. During the boot sequence, the boot firmware/software shall measure all firmware and all software components it loads after the core root of trust for measurement is established. The measurements shall be logged as well as extended to platform configuration registers in a manner compliant with the following requirements.
-
Mandatory. The measurements must be implemented such that it reliably and verifiably allows a third party to identify all components in the boot process up until the point either the boot finished successfully or when software with a exploited vulnerability was loaded (for example, if the third component loaded includes an exploited vulnerability, then values for the first, second, and third component in the trusted boot log correctly reflect the software that loaded but any values after that may be suspect). To achieve this, the trusted execution environment must provide a mechanism of signing the values of the registers used for Trusted Boot. The interface to the signature ("attestation") mechanism shall comply with the requirements defined in Microsoft Corporation, "Trusted Execution Environment ACPI Profile, Draft 1.0 dated March 2, 2012".
-
Mandatory. The system shall include a trusted execution environment supporting the command set defined in Microsoft Corporation, "TPM v2.0 Command and Signature Profile, Draft 1.0 dated March 2, 2012."
-
Mandatory. The system shall support the interface specified in Microsoft Corporation, "Trusted Execution Environment ACPI Profile, Draft 1.0 dated March 2, 2012".
-
Mandatory. The system shall support the interface and protocol specified in Microsoft Corporation, "Trusted Execution Environment EFI Protocol, Draft 1.0 dated March 2, 21012," with the exception of the PCR[7] measurements specified in Appendix A of that document.
-
Optional. The system should support measurements into PCR [7] as specified in Appendix A of Microsoft Corporation, "Trusted Execution Environment EFI Protocol, Draft .1.0 dated March 2, 2012" specification provided that all mandatory requirements from System.Fundamentals.Firmware.CS.UEFISecureBoot.ConnectedStandby are met and any firmware update that rolls back to an earlier insecure firmware version either clears the TPM state or is not permitted. If these requirements are not met, the referenced Appendix A measurements for PCR [7] must not be implemented. If PCR[7] is implemented, the client system being tested by the Windows HCK must have the registry value of type REG_DWORD manually created at "HKLM\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Bitlocker\PCR7Supported" with a value set to 0x1.
-
Mandatory. Platform firmware must ensure invariance of PCRs 0, 2, and 4 across power cycles in the absence of changes to the platform's static core root of trust for measurements (SRTM). Platform firmware must ensure invariance of PCR[7] if implemented as specified in Microsoft Corporation, "Trusted Execution Environment EFI Protocol, Draft .1.0 dated March 2, 2012" across power cycles in the absence of changes to the platform's static core SRTM. Attaching a (non-bootable) USB to the platform or attaching the platform to a docking station shall not cause changes to the SRTM.
-
Mandatory. If the platform does not support clearing the TPM 2.0 endorsement hierarchy (for example, using TPM2_ChangeEPS), an Endorsement Kit (EK) certificate must be provisioned in the TPM NV RAM.
-
Mandatory. Execution of the TPM 2.0 command TPM2_NV_Increment must not require an open object slot.
Design Notes
Microsoft uses the term TPM 2.0 for what is also known as TCG TPM.Next.
These requirements may also be met through sealed storage/sealed key blobs that, upon unseal, are held in isolated storage.
The specifications must be requested explicitly from Microsoft. To acquire the current version, first check for its availability on the Microsoft Connect site. If it is not available, contact http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=237130.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement is needed to support TPM auto-provisioning, BitLocker, and Trusted Boot. |
|
Scenarios: |
BitLocker, Trusted Boot |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Technical Update: |
7/2/2012 |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.TrustedPlatformModule
Description: A Trusted Platform Module (TPM) is a microchip designed to provide basic security related functions. Requirements in this area reflect the required TPM version and compatibility with Windows BitLocker.
Related Requirements:
-
System.Fundamentals.TrustedPlatformModule.TPMComplieswithTCGTPMMainSpecification
-
System.Fundamentals.TrustedPlatformModule.TPMEnablesFullUseThroughSystemFirmware
-
System.Fundamentals.TrustedPlatformModule.TPMRequirements
-
System.Fundamentals.TrustedPlatformModule.Windows7SystemsTPM
System.Fundamentals.TrustedPlatformModule.TPMComplieswithTCGTPMMainSpecification
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.TrustedPlatformModule
Title: A system that implements a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) 1.2 must include a TPM that complies with the TCG TPM Main Specification, Version 1.2, Revision 103 (or a later revision), parts 1, 2 and 3.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
Description
A system that implements a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) 1.2 must include a TPM that complies with the Trustworthy Computing Group TPM Main Specification, Version 1.2, Revision 103 (or a later revision), parts 1, 2 and 3.
The TPM must meet the following additional requirements:
-
The time required for the TPM to perform all the self-testing performed by the TPM_ContinueSelfTest command must be less than 1 second.
-
If the TPM receives a command, after receipt of the TPM_ContinueSelfTest command, but prior to the completion of the TPM_ContinueSelfTest self-test actions, it must not return TPM_NEEDS_SELFTEST.
-
The TPMs monotonic counter must be designed to increment at least twice per a platform boot cycle.
-
The TPM must implement the TPM_CAP_DA_LOGIC capability for the TPM_GetCapability command.
-
By default, the TPM dictionary attack logic must permit at least 9 authorization failures in a 24 hour time period before entering the first level of defense. Small durations of lockout for less than five seconds are acceptable within a 24-hour period with 9 authorization failures if the TPM leaves the lockout state automatically after five seconds elapses. Alternately, the default system image must contain non-default software anti-hammering settings which correspond to TPM default behavior. (In Windows 8, the settings can be seen by running gpedit.msc then expanding the following in the left tree view: Local Computer Policy\Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Trusted Platform Module Services. The values to customize are: Standard User Lockout Duration, Standard User Individual Lockout Threshold, and Standard User Total Lockout Threshold.)
-
The TPM dictionary attack logic must not permit more than 5000 authorization failures per a year.
-
To help platform manufacturers achieve as fast of a boot as possible, the shorter the TPM_ContinueSelfTest execution time, the better.
-
It is recommended platform manufacturers provide information about the TPM's dictionary attack logic behavior in customer documentation that includes explicit steps to recover after the TPM enters a locked out state.
-
It is recommended the TPM state when shipped is enabled and activated.
Note: Windows uses more TPM functionality than previous releases so Windows Certification Tests for the TPM are more extensive.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement is needed to support BitLocker and Trusted Boot. |
|
Scenarios: |
BitLocker, Trusted Boot |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Technical Update: |
7/2/2012 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8009 |
System.Fundamentals.TrustedPlatformModule.TPMEnablesFullUseThroughSystemFirmware
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.TrustedPlatformModule
Title: Systems with Trusted Platform Modules enable full use of the TPM including system firmware enhancements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
A system that implements a Trusted Platform Module 1.2 (TPM) must support specific system firmware enhancements. The system firmware code must participate in a measured chain of trust that is established for the pre-operating system boot environment at each power cycle. The system firmware code must support the protected capabilities of the TPM v1.2 and must maintain the SRTM chain of trust.
For a system that implements a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) 1.2, the platform must comply with the following specifications:
-
TCG Platform Reset Attack Mitigation Specification Version 1.00, Revision .92 or later. Revision 1.00 is strong encouraged, including implementation of detecting an orderly OS shutdown (http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/pc_client_work_group_platform_reset_attack_mitigation_specification_version_10).
-
TCG Physical Presence Interface Specification Version 1.0 Revision 1.00 or later (http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/tcg_physical_presence_interface_specification).
-
TCG PC Client Work Group PC Client Specific TPM Interface Specification (TIS) Version 1.20 Revision 1.00 or later. Implementing version 1.21 or later is strongly encouraged. The TPM must implement the memory mapped space described in the specification. (http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/pc_client_work_group_pc_client_specific_tpm_interface_specification_tis).
-
If the platform implements UEFI firmware, it must implement:
- TCG EFI Platform Specification Version 1.20, Revision 1.00 or later, (http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/tcg_efi_platform_specification_version_120_revision_10).
- TCG EFI Protocol Version 1.20, Revision 1.00 or later, http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/tcg_efi_protocol_version_120_revision_10.
- TCG EFI Platform Specification Version 1.20, Revision 1.00 or later, (http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/tcg_efi_platform_specification_version_120_revision_10).
-
If the platform implements conventional BIOS, it must implement the PC Client Workgroup Specific Implementation Specification for Conventional BIOS, Version 1.20, Revision 1.00 or later. Note: Implementing the errata version 1.21 is strongly recommended. (http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/pc_client_work_group_specific_implementation_specification_for_conventional_bios_specification_version_12)
-
TCG ACPI General Specification Version 1.00, Revision 1.00 (http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/server_work_group_acpi_general_specification_version_10).
-
Windows Vista BitLocker Client Platform Requirements, dated May 16, 2006, or later, (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=70763). For conventional BIOS systems instead of the PCR measurements listed in the Windows Vista BitLocker Client Platform Requirements, a system may implement the PCR measurements defined in the TCG PC Client Workgroup Specific Implementation Specification for Conventional BIOS, Version 1.21, Revision 1.00.
Design Notes
The TPM provides a hardware root of trust for platform integrity measurement and reporting. The TPM also provides operating system independent protection of sensitive information and encryption keys.
|
Exceptions: |
If a TPM is implemented in the system, then the requirement must be met. |
|
Business Justification: |
If present, a TPM must support BitLocker Drive Encryption, be usable as an entropy source and provide TPM services. |
|
Scenarios: |
BitLocker Drive Encryption |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 7 RC |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0031 |
System.Fundamentals.TrustedPlatformModule.TPMRequirements
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.TrustedPlatformModule
Title: System implementing TPM 1.2 must meet requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
Description
For a system that implements a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) 1.2, the platform must comply with the following specifications:
-
The PC Client Work Group Platform Reset Attack Mitigation Specification, Version 1.0 Version 1.00, Revision 1.00 or later, http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/pc_client_work_group_platform_reset_attack_mitigation_specification_version_10.
-
The TCG Physical Presence Interface Specification Version 1.2, Revision 1.00, http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/tcg_physical_presence_interface_specification.
-
The TCG PC Client Work Group PC Client Specific TPM Interface Specification (TIS) Version 1.21 Revision 1.00 or later (http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/pc_client_work_group_pc_client_specific_tpm_interface_specification_tis).
-
If the platform implements UEFI firmware, it must implement
-
The TCG EFI Platform Specification Version 1.20, Revision 1.0 or later, http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/tcg_efi_platform_specification_version_120_revision_10.
-
The TCG EFI Protocol Version 1.20, Revision 1.00 or later, http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/tcg_efi_protocol_version_120_revision_10.
-
The TCG EFI Platform Specification Version 1.20, Revision 1.0 or later, http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/tcg_efi_platform_specification_version_120_revision_10.
-
If the platform implements conventional BIOS, it must implement the PC Client Workgroup Specific Implementation Specification for Conventional BIOS, Version 1.20, Revision 1.00 or later. Note: The errata version 1.21 is strongly recommended instead. (http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/pc_client_work_group_specific_implementation_specification_for_conventional_bios_specification_version_12).
-
The TCG ACPI General Specification Version 1.00, Revision 1.00, http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/resources/server_work_group_acpi_general_specification_version_10.
-
Windows Vista BitLocker Client Platform Requirements, dated May 16, 2006, or later (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=70763). For conventional BIOS systems instead of the PCR measurements listed in the Windows Vista BitLocker Client Platform Requirements, a system may implement the PCR measurements defined in the TCG PC Client Workgroup Specific Implementation Specification for Conventional BIOS, Version 1.21, Revision 1.00.
And the system MUST meet the following additional requirements:
-
Mandatory. Platform firmware must ensure invariance of PCRs 0, 2 and 4 and also PCR 7 if implemented as specified in Appendix A of the Microsoft Corporation, "Trusted Execution Environment EFI Protocol, Draft 1.00 dated March 2nd, 2012" document across power cycles in the absence of changes to the platform's static root of trust for measurements (SRTM). Attaching a (non-bootable) USB to the platform or attaching the platform to a docking station shall not cause changes to the SRTM.
-
If the platform is a server platform, it must reserve PCRs 8 through 15 for OS use. (Note: The same requirement is true for client platforms.)
-
The platform must implement the memory mapped space for the TPM interface (for example, legacy port based I/O is not sufficient).
-
The system firmware must perform Physical Presence Interface operations when the platform is restarted. It is strongly recommended the system firmware performs Physical Presence Interface operations also after shutdown. (Specifically, the Physical Presence Interface Specification Version 1.2, section 2.1.4: Get Platform-Specific Action to Transition to Pre-OS Environment must return a value of 2: Reboot.) (This requirement allows remote administrators to perform Physical Presence Operations without needing to be physically present to turn the platform back on.)
-
The default configuration for the system must have the NoPPIProvision flag specified in the TCG Physical Presence Interface Specification, section 2: Physical Presence Interface set to TRUE.
-
The default system firmware configuration must allow the OS to request Physical Presence operations 6, 7, 10, and 15. Note: The operations are described in Table 2 of the TCG Physical Presence Interface Specification Version 1.2, Revision 1.00.
-
If the system implements the NoPPIClear flag it should do so as specified in the TCG Physical Presence Interface Specification, section 2: Physical Presence Interface. The platform should either provide a system firmware configuration setting to change the flag or implement physical presence operations 17 and 18. Note: The operations and the NoPPIClear flag are described in Table 2 of the TCG Physical Presence Interface Specification Version 1.2, Revision 1.00. (Implementing this flag helps facilitate automated testing of the physical presence interface during Windows certification testing and permits managed environments to completely automate TPM management from the OS without physical presence if an enterprise decides to set the NoPPIClear flag.)
-
The system firmware must implement the _DSM Query method (function index 0) in addition to the Physical Presence Interface methods defined in the TCG Physical Presence Interface Specification, section 2: ACPI Functions. (Please refer to the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Specification Revision 5.0 for an implementation example of the _DSM Query method.)
-
The system firmware must implement the _DSM Query method (function index 0) in addition to the Memory Clear Interface method defined in the TCG Platform Reset Attack Mitigation Specification, section 6: ACPI _DSM Function. (Please refer to the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Specification Revision 5.0 for an implementation example of the _DSM Query method.)
-
The system firmware must implement the auto detection of clean OS shutdown and clear the memory overwrite bit as defined in the TCG Platform Reset Attack Mitigation Specification, section 2.3: Auto Detection of Clean Static RTM OS Shutdown. Exception: If the system is able to unconditionally clear memory during boot without increasing boot time, the system may not implement the auto detection (however the pre-boot and ACPI interface implementations are still required).
-
When the system is delivered to an end customer, the TPM permanent flag TPM_PF_NV_LOCKED must be set to TRUE. (This requirement is for systems. For motherboards the flag may be set to FALSE when delivered to the platform manufacturer, however instructions/tools must advise platform manufacturers to set the flag to TRUE before delivery to end customers.)
-
When the system is delivered to an end customer, the TPM permanent flag TPM_PF_NV_ PHYSICALPRESENCELIFETIMELOCK must be set to TRUE. (This requirement is for systems. For motherboards the flag may be set to FALSE when delivered to the platform manufacturer, however instructions/tools must advise platform manufacturers to set the flag to TRUE before delivery to end customers.)
-
The system must contain a full Endorsement Key (EK) certificate stored in the TPM NV RAM as described in the TCG PC Client Specific Implementation Specification for Conventional BIOS, section 7.4.5: TCG_FULL_CERT. The NV RAM index used for storing the EK certificate must be the pre-defined and reserved index TPM_NV_INDEX_EKCert as defined the TPM Main Specification, Part 2, section 19.1.2: Reserved Index Values. As recommended in the TCG PC Client Specific Implementation Specification for Conventional BIOS, section 4.2.1: TPM Main Specification Reserved Indexes, the D bit attribute must be set for the index. (Note: The certificate may be created by the TPM manufacturer or the platform manufacturer.) Exception: If the system supports generation of a new EK it is not required (but is still strongly recommended) to have an EK certificate.
-
The system firmware must ship with the TPM enumerated by default. (This means the ACPI device object for the TPM must be present by default in the system ACPI tables.)
-
The system firmware must support clearing the TPM from within a setup menu.
-
At least 256 bytes of TPM NVRAM must be reserved (and available) for OS use.
-
The firmware must issue the TPM_ContinueSelfTest during boot such that the self-test completes before the OS loader is launched.
-
If the TPM device performs the self-test synchronously, the firmware TPM driver should be optimized to issue the command to the device but allow the boot process to proceed without waiting for the return result from the TPM_ContinueSelfTest command. If the firmware TPM driver receives a subsequent command, it should delay the subsequent command until the TPM_ContinueSelfTest command completes instead of aborting the TPM_ContinueSelfTest command.)
-
A recommendation is to start the self-test before some action which takes at least one second but does not have a dependency on the TPM.
-
If the TPM device performs the self-test synchronously, the firmware TPM driver should be optimized to issue the command to the device but allow the boot process to proceed without waiting for the return result from the TPM_ContinueSelfTest command. If the firmware TPM driver receives a subsequent command, it should delay the subsequent command until the TPM_ContinueSelfTest command completes instead of aborting the TPM_ContinueSelfTest command.)
-
The platform may or may not issue the TPM_ContinueSelfTest upon resume from S3 (sleep).
-
The ACPI namespace location for the TPM device object must only depend on the System Bus, ISA or PCI bus drivers provided by Microsoft. The System Bus does not have an ID, but is identified as \_SB. The ISA bus device IDs may be PNP0A00 or PCI\CC_0601. The PCI bus device IDs may be PNP0A03 or PCI\CC_0604. In addition, the TPM device object may also depend on these generic bridges, containers or modules: PNP0A05, PNP0A06 and ACPI0004. No other device dependencies are permitted for the ACPI namespace location for the TPM device object.
-
The platform should support measurements into PCR [7] as specified in Appendix A of Microsoft Corporation, "Trusted_Execution_Environment_EFI_Protocol, Draft 1.00 dated March 2, 2012", provided that all mandatory requirements from System.Fundamentals.Firmware.UEFISecureBoot.ConnectedStandby are met and any firmware update that rolls back to an earlier insecure firmware version either clears the TPM state or is not permitted. If these requirements are not met, Appendix A measurements for PCR[7] must not be implemented. If PCR[7] is implemented the systems under test for the Windows HCK must have the registry value of type REG_DWORD manually created at "HKLM\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\BitLocker\PCR7Supported" with a value set to 0x1.
"Trusted Execution Environment EFI Protocol, Draft 1.00 dated March 2, 2012" specification must be requested explicitly from Microsoft. To acquire the current version, first check for its availability on the Microsoft Connect site. If it is not available, contact http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=237130.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement is needed to support TPM auto-provisioning, BitLocker, and Trusted Boot. |
|
Scenarios: |
BitLocker, Trusted Boot |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Technical Update: |
7/2/2012 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-8008 |
System.Fundamentals.TrustedPlatformModule.Windows7SystemsTPM
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.TrustedPlatformModule
Title: Systems with Trusted Platform Modules use TPM family 1.2 Revision 85 or later
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 (x86)
-
Windows Server 2008 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
A system that implements a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) must include a TPM that complies with the TPM Main Specification, Version 1.2 Revision 85 (or later), and the TPM Interface Specification, Version 1.2 (or later). In particular, the TPM must implement the memory mapped space required by these specifications. The TPM provides a hardware root of trust for platform integrity measurement and reporting. The TPM also provides operating system independent protection of sensitive information and encryption keys.
Design Notes
See TCG TPM Specification, Version 1.2, and TCG PC Client TPM Interface Specification, Version 1.2, both available at http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=58380.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
A hardware-based security chip and measurable Static Root of Trust for Measurement (SRTM), provided by the v1.2 TPM along with system firmware with secure features, is a necessary feature that enables Windows boot integrity (an integrity check of core system files) on every boot and restart. In addition, the v1.2 TPM enables stronger, hardware-based protection of sensitive Windows key material. The TPM also enables full volume encryption, which protects the hibernation file, swap files, registry, .INF files, settings, temporary files, and desktop content stored on the fully encrypted volume. |
|
Scenarios: |
BitLocker |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 7 RC |
|
Technical Update: |
7/2/2012 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0030 |
System.Fundamentals.USBBoot
Description: The feature and requirements are about being able to boot from a USB device.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.USBBoot.BootFromUSB
-
System.Fundamentals.USBBoot.SupportSecureStartUpInPreOS
System.Fundamentals.USBBoot.BootFromUSB
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.USBBoot
Title: System firmware supports booting from all exposed USB 2.x, and 3.x ports
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
System BIOS or UEFI firmware must by default:
-
Support booting through USB 2.x on eHCI controllers
-
Support booting through USB 2.x, and 3.x on xHCI controllers.
-
Support these on all exposed USB port up to a hub depth of 1 from the exposed-end hub.
The system must also support booting Windows PE images from a USB 2.0 device by using extended INT 13 or UEFI native interface in less than 90 seconds.
All systems deployed in UEFI-mode must support both section 9 and section 3.1 of UEFI 2.3.1. All systems deployed in BIOS-mode must offer boot from UFD as a configuration option.
This requirement is "If Implemented" for Server systems and applies only if a Server system is UEFI capable
This requirement is unrelated to the default boot order. Bootable USB devices do not have to be enumerated before booting from other devices (for example: SATA).
Additionally, USB only needs to be enumerated during POST if:
-
USB is set to be used for the next boot, or
-
No other boot entries higher in the boot order are found and bootable, or
-
There is no permanently attached PS2 keyboard.
For example, a compliant system must behave as follows: If the only connected disk is a bootable USB drive (assume appropriate disk configurations), the system should boot from that drive with NO user intervention.
Design Notes
OEMs are encouraged to test the boot functionality by creating a bootable USB flash drive with Windows PE. See the OPK for details. Vendors may license Windows PE (at no charge). For information, send an e-mail to licwinpe@microsoft.com.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Booting from USB has been a certification requirement since Windows Vista. With USB 3.x entering the market, we must update this requirement to keep up with modern technologies. Boot from USB is important for BitLocker Recovery as well as booting from Windows PE. |
|
Scenarios: |
Support the ability to boot from a USB thumb drive. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass or Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
1/1/2010 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0070 |
System.Fundamentals.USBBoot.SupportSecureStartUpInPreOS
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.USBBoot
Title: Systems support secure startup by providing system firmware support for writing to and reading from USB flash devices in the pre-operating system environment
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
On all UEFI systems and all systems that implement a TPM, the system must support BitLocker recovery and strong authentication scenarios. This is accomplished by enabling enumeration and full-speed reading/ writing of data (such as key backup and recovery information) from and to a USB mass storage class device, and the UEFI firmware will provide an instance of the block I/O protocol for access to these USB devices.
Design Notes
See the USB Mass Storage Class Bulk-Only Transport and the USB Mass Storage Class UFI Command specifications, downloadable from http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=58382.
|
Exceptions: |
None. |
|
Business Justification: |
One of the Secure Startup recovery scenarios requires writing a Recovery Key to a USB flash device and reading it back if the user has to recover the data stored on the encrypted volume on the system hard drive. Also, one of the Secure Startup two-level authentication scenarios requires writing a Startup Key to a USB flash device and reading it back again at system boot time. |
|
Scenarios: |
Secure startup. |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 7 RC |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0069 |
System.Fundamentals.USBDevice
Description: These requirements apply to USB devices that are integrated into a system.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.USBDevice.SelectiveSuspend
System.Fundamentals.USBDevice.SelectiveSuspend
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.USBDevice
Title: All internally connected USB devices must support selective suspend by default
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows RT
Description
Selective suspend is an important power saving feature of USB devices. Selective suspension of USB devices is especially useful in portable computers, since it helps conserve battery power.
If a USB device is internally connected, the device driver must enable selective suspend by default. Every USB device driver must place the device into selective suspend within 60 seconds of no user activity. This timeout should be as short as possible while maintaining a good user experience. The selective suspend support can be verified by reviewing the report generated by the powercfg energy command.
Implementation Notes
When devices enter selective suspend mode, they are limited to drawing a USB specification defined 2.5mA of current from the USB port. It is important to verify that devices can quickly resume from selective suspend when they are required to be active again.
For example, when selectively suspended, a USB touchpad must detect be able to detect a user's touch and signal resume without requiring the user to press a button. Some devices can lose the ability to detect a wake event when limited to the selective suspend current, 500 microamps per unit load, 2.5mA max. These devices, such as a USB Bluetooth module, must be self-powered, not relying solely on the USB bus for power. By drawing power from another source, the device can detect wake events
For more information about enabling selective suspend for HID devices, please refer to this MSDN article http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/ff538662
For more information about how to implement selective suspend in a driver, please refer to this white paper:
http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/gg463309
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Many devices, such as fingerprint readers and other kinds of biometric scanners, only require power intermittently. Suspending such devices, when the device is not in use, reduces overall power consumption. More importantly, any device that is not selectively suspended may prevent the USB host controller from disabling its transfer schedule, which resides in system memory. DMA transfers by the host controller to the scheduler can prevent the system's processors from entering deeper sleep states. All connected USB devices must be selective suspended before the host controller can become idle. Thus, it is extremely important that USB devices expected to be connected for prolonged periods of time implement selective suspend correctly, especially embedded devices "inside the plastic." |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
On certified systems, all internal USB devices enter selective suspend within 60 seconds of being idle. |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Fundamentals.WatchDogTimer
Description: A watchdog timer is a device that provides basic watchdog support to a hardware timer exposed by the Microsoft hardware watchdog timer resource table.
Related Requirements
-
System.Fundamentals.WatchDogTimer.IfWatchDogTimerImplemented
System.Fundamentals.WatchDogTimer.IfWatchDogTimerImplemented
Target Feature: System.Fundamentals.WatchDogTimer
Title: If a Watch Dog Timer is implemented and exposed through a WDRT (supported for versions prior to Windows 8) or WDAT (required for Windows 8 and later versions), it must meet Windows compatibility and functionality requirements.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows 7 (x86)
-
Windows 7 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows 8 (x86)
-
Windows 8 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Hardware watchdog timer monitors the OS, and reboots the machine if the OS fails to reset the watchdog. The watchdog must meet the requirements defined in Hardware Watchdog Timers Design Specification
|
Exceptions: |
None |
|
Business Justification: |
Ensures compatibility with the Windows Operating System. |
|
Scenarios: |
This is to ensure that if a watch dog timer is implemented, it meets compatibility requirements. |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
June 1, 2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0033 |
System.Server.Base
Description: Basic requirements for server systems
Related Requirements
-
System.Server.Base.64Bit
-
System.Server.Base.BMC
-
System.Server.Base.BMCDiscovery
-
System.Server.Base.Compliance
-
System.Server.Base.DevicePCIExpress
-
System.Server.Base.ECC
-
System.Server.Base.essentials
-
System.Server.Base.HotPlugECN
-
System.Server.Base.NoPATA
-
System.Server.Base.OSInstall
-
System.Server.Base.PCI23
-
System.Server.Base.PCIAER
-
System.Server.Base.RemoteManagement
-
System.Server.Base.ResourceRebalance
-
System.Server.Base.ServerRequiredComponents
-
System.Server.Base.SystemPCIExpress
System.Server.Base.64Bit
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: A server system can natively run a 64-bit version of Windows Server
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
A server system must be able to natively support and run a 64-bit Windows Server operating system.
Devices in a server system must also have 64-bit drivers available for 64-bit operation.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0021 |
System.Server.Base.BMC
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: Baseboard management controller solution must meet requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Baseboard management controller (BMC) hardware that uses the Microsoft provided IPMI driver and service provider must comply with the Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Specification, Version 1.5 Document (Revision 1.1, February 20, 2002, 6/1/04 MARKUP) or later.
The BMC must be connected to the system through a Keyboard Controller Style (KCS) Interface. The BMC and its KCS interface must be discoverable through ACPI, as prescribed in Appendix C3 of the IPMI V1.5 specification.
Support for interrupt is optional for the BMC. If interrupt is supported, the BMC:
-
Must not be shared with other hardware devices.
-
Must support the Set Global Flags command.
The BMC driver must support PnP and Power Management according to the minimum device fundamental requirements defined in the Windows Hardware Certification Requirements.
The driver must be compliant to the kernel-mode driver framework (KMDF) component of the Windows Driver Framework (WDF) for the Microsoft Windows family of operating systems. A legacy driver, for backward compatibility reasons, must be Windows Driver Model (WDM) compliant.
The driver must provide a WMI interface, including Timeout Configuration through RequestResponseEx() which is defined in the ipmidrv.mof file of the WMI interface.
The driver must have support for ACPI Control:
-
HARDWARE ID - IPI0001
-
COMPATIBLE ID - IPI0001 optional
-
_SRV - 1.5 or 2.0 IPMI
-
_CRS/_PRS - Format of resources: A single 2-byte or two 1-byte each I/O port or memory mapped I/O
The driver must call the Windows ACPI driver to get the above listed ACPI data.
Support for interrupt is optional in the driver, if supported the IPMI driver must:
-
Assign only one interrupt
-
Not share interrupts
-
Handle disabling of non-communication interrupts that the driver does not fully support through the Set Global Flags command.
-
Be capable of handling both communication and non-communication interrupts.
Design Notes
To prevent interrupt storm, the driver enables BMC interrupt when it starts and disables BMC interrupt supports when stops by using the Set BMC Global Enables IPMI command. The field needs to set is the bit [0] Receive Message Queue interrupt. However, this bit is shared for KCS communication interrupt and KCS non-communication, so the driver needs to be able to properly handle both interrupts.
A KCS communication interrupt is defined as an OBF-generated interrupt that occurs during the process of sending a request message to the BMC and receiving the corresponding response. It's also encountered during the course of processing a GET_STATUS/ABORT control code.
A KCS non-communication interrupt is defined as an OBF-generated interrupt that occurs when the BMC is not in the process of transferring message data or getting error status. This is typically an interrupt that occurs while the interface is in the IDLE_STATE].
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2009 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0112 |
System.Server.Base.BMCDiscovery
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: Baseboard Management Controller is discoverable and enumerable
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
A system that has a baseboard management controller (BMC) present must expose it for discovery and enumeration by Windows through Plug-and-Play (PnP) methods appropriate for its device interface. If the BMC is connected to the system through a non-PnP legacy link such as the keyboard controller style (KCS) interface, its resources must be exposed through SMBIOS or ACPI for discovery and enumeration by Windows.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0078 |
System.Server.Base.Compliance
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: Server system includes components and drivers that comply with Windows Hardware Certification Program
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 x86
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
All buses, devices, and other components in a system must meet their respective Windows Hardware Certification Program requirements and use drivers that are either included with the Windows operating system installation media or that Microsoft has digitally signed.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0054 |
System.Server.Base.DevicePCIExpress
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: Server system includes storage and network solutions that use PCI Express architecture
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
A server system must use PCI Express connectivity for all the storage and network devices installed in the system. The devices may either be adapters installed in PCI Express slots or chip down directly connected to the system board. This requirement does not apply to integrated devices that are part of the Southbridge chipset.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2008 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0115 |
System.Server.Base.ECC
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: System memory uses ECC or other technology to prevent single-bit errors from causing system failure
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Server systems must support error correction code, memory mirroring, or another technology that can detect and correct at least a single-bit memory error. The system memory and cache must be protected with ECC) or other memory protection. All ECC or otherwise protected RAM, visible to the operating system must be cacheable. The solution must be able to detect at least a double-bit error in one word and to correct a single-bit error in one word, where "word" indicates the width in bits of the memory subsystem. A detected error that cannot be corrected must result in a system fault.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0024 |
System.Server.Base.essentials
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: Windows Storage Server 2008 R2 Essentials system meets requirements.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Windows Storage Server 2008 R2 Essentials systems must meet the following requirements:
Flash memory, if present, must meet the following requirements:
-
Minimum of 256 MB
-
The system must be able to boot from the flash memory
-
The flash memory must be updateable
-
Up to 2, One Gigabit Ethernet Adapters (10/100/1000baseT PHY/MAC)
System is required to have two or more USB ports that must at a minimum support the following scenarios:
-
Server Recovery and Factory Reset
-
Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS)
-
External USB hard drives
Note: In order to support the above scenarios, the following features are necessary:
-
USB 2.0 functionality must comply with Enhanced Host Controller Interface Specification for Universal Serial Bus 2.0.
-
eHCI host controllers must comply with the Enhanced Host Controller Interface Specification.
-
USB 2.0 functionality must comply with the power management requirements in USB 2.0 or later.
Recommended: USB 3.0 ports, which if included must have USB 3.0 drivers present in the image and recovery image.
System must have internal RS-232 port, an internal RS-232 header, or use USB debugging. External RS-232 ports are not allowed.
System must implement power button as follows:
-
When the power button is pressed for less than 4 seconds, the server system must shut down gracefully (in other words, the hardware notifies the software, which initiates a shutdown).
-
When the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds, the server system must force a shutdown (power off).
System must have BIOS boot order configured as follows:
-
In normal operation, the primary hard drive must be the first boot device.
-
In recovery mode, the boot order must be:
-
External USB Flash
-
USB CD/DVD
-
Internal Flash (if implemented)
-
Internal DVD/Blu-ray (if HDMI is implemented)
-
External USB Flash
System must provide Server System Status indicator light
-
The Server System Status indicator must use one color, or method, to indicate that the server system is booting and another to indicate that the operating system has booted.
-
Each status must be clearly visible
System can only have an external video connector for HDMI with restricted media playback or for system maintenance that requires video for management. If video out is included in a device that does not include an HDMI interface or is not required for system maintenance, a cap must be provided with the video out disabled.
When creating the user for enabling HDMI Out User the OEMs should make sure that:
The HDMI out user password must be randomly generated for each server. Please follow the steps in the HDMI Out document in order to create random password
It is recommended that the HDMI Out user not be an administrator.
HDMI output must be configured as follows:
HDMI Out port must be physically located on the system
HDMI output can only display a media playback application (once server is booted).
HDMI output cannot be used to display the server Dashboard or Desktop
OEM should disable the HDMI Out port until Initial Configuration is complete. This prevents users from seeing the Initial Configuration on HD display
A remote control must be provided to control the media playback application
An application must be provided in the server Dashboard that does the following:
Provide UI for controlling video output resolution, audio, and for controlling video (and music) playback.
OEMs must configure the HDMI output as the primary display.
HDMI hardware and software must pass Windows Display Device certification testing.
System must meet Windows Hardware Certification Program driver requirements for Windows Server 2008 R2.
System may offer hardware or software based RAID as long as end user management is enabled and system can be recovered in the case of one or more drives failing.
Recommended
Systems are allowed to have optical drives as follows:
-
DVD and Blu-Ray optical drives allowed for media playback (HDMI) and other applications
-
OEMs can choose to ship slot load or tray load optical drives
-
Optical drive is required to use SATA
-
Optical drive must not have external audio output (front mounted headphone/audio jack)
Systems may optionally include a wireless network adapter in addition to the required wired NIC. If implemented, the wireless network adapter must meet the following requirements:
-
Wireless NIC must be IEEE 802.11 compliant
-
Recommended configuration: 802.11n
-
No restrictions on antenna design/implementation
-
A server Dashboard based wireless configuration application must be provided
-
A wired network adapter is required for installation.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server Essentials |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2011 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0232 |
System.Server.Base.HotPlugECN
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: Server system that supports native Hot Plug functionality meets requirements defined in Hot-Plug ECN No. 31
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
A server system must meet requirements defined in the PCI Hot-Plug ECN No. 31 if it supports hot-plug of PCI Express devices or adapters; for example as an inherent behavior of a dynamically hardware partitionable design, or in the form of either Express Module or a comparable hot-plug PCI Express I/O option design.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
8/31/2007 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0184 |
System.Server.Base.NoPATA
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: Persistent storage devices on servers classified as Hard Disk Drives must not be PATA
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Persistent storage devices classified as Hard Disk Drives, either fixed or removable, must not be controlled by any of the following: Parallel Advanced Technology Attachment (also known as Parallel ATA, PATA, IDE, EIDE, or ATAPI) controllers, to include RAID versions of these devices. PATA controllers of any kind may only be connected to CD, DVD or other storage devices not classified as hard disk drives.
Parallel Advanced Technology Attachment (also known as Parallel ATA, PATA, IDE, EIDE, or ATAPI) controllers, to include RAID versions of these devices, do not support the ability to hot remove a hard disk drive from the system should a hard disk drive fail and need to be replaced. This forces the system to be unavailable for long periods.
Parallel Advanced Technology Attachment (also known as Parallel ATA, PATA, IDE, EIDE, or ATAPI) controllers, to include RAID versions of these devices, do not support the ability to hot remove a hard disk drive from the system should a hard disk drive fail and need to be replaced. This forces the system to be unavailable for long periods.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2009 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0209 |
System.Server.Base.OSInstall
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: Server system includes a method for installing the operating system for emergency recovery or repair
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
The server system must provide a method for installing the operating system for emergency repair support. The following are examples of possible solutions:
-
PXE support
-
Internal or externally attached, bootable, rewriteable DVD.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0010 |
System.Server.Base.PCI23
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: PCI or PCI-X devices in a server system comply with PCI Local Bus Specification, Revision 2.3 unless otherwise noted
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Server system includes only PCI 2.3 compliant PCI or PCI-X devices unless exemptions are noted by an individual requirement.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2008 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0115 |
System.Server.Base.PCIAER
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: Windows Server systems may implement AER (Advanced Error Reporting) as specified in PCI Express Base Specification version 2.1 and ACPI Specification 3.0b
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
This is an "If Implemented" requirement for Server systems. Server system vendors that elect to set the Advanced Error Reporting (AER) big (0x3) in the PCI_OSC table in the system BIOS must implement the following:
The _HID value on the root bus of the system must be PNP0A08, so that the operating system can discover the devices are PCI Express and support AER.
To use PCI AER with Windows the system must report _OSC control in the device and the _SB/PC10 objects in ACPI. The following bits must be enabled:
-
0x0: PCI Express Native Hot Plug
-
0x1: Hot Plug Control
-
0x3: Advanced Error Reporting (AER)
-
0x4: PCI Express reliability structure control
The MCFG ACPI table in PCI Firmware Specification, Revision 3.0b, must be implemented, so that the operating system can access the AER Capabilities register in the PCIe extended configuration space.
Design Notes
There is no requirement to provide AER_OSC to give control to the operating system, and systems may implement a "firmware first" error policy.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
1/1/2012 |
|
Technical Update: |
7/2/2012 |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Server.Base.RemoteManagement
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: Server system supports remote, headless, out of band management capabilities
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Server systems must provide the capability of being managed without the operating system being present, or when the operating system is not fully functional.
The system must provide the following remote, headless, out of band management capabilities:
-
Power up the server
-
Power off the server
-
Reset the server
-
Provide access to Windows Server Emergency Management Services on the server
-
View system Stop errors on the server
The following are not required if the system is a pedestal/standalone system with 8 GB or less max RAM that was certified for Windows Server 2003 prior to December 31, 2007.
-
Change BIOS settings of the server
-
Select which operating system to start on the server
The above capabilities can be provided using any combination of the following methods:
-
Serial port console redirection
-
Service processor
-
BIOS redirection
-
Baseboard Management Controller
-
Other management device
This requirement addresses the minimum capabilities required for headless server support.
Design Notes
Console redirection can be forced with a setup command-line switch,
[/emsport:{com1|com2|usebiossettings|off}
/emsbaudrate:baudrate]
EMS Setup, SPCR and EFI or BIOS redirection settings can be configured per the information at Boot Parameters to Enable EMS Redirection.
See the Microsoft Headless Server and Emergency Services Design specifications and the IPMI specification at Windows Server Platform.
See service processor console redirection details at Server processor console redirection
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0035 |
System.Server.Base.ResourceRebalance
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: Server device drivers must support Resource Rebalance requests
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
A system wide resource rebalance can be executed on Windows Server. One case where this occurs is when a processor is dynamically added to a server. Device drivers must honor the resource rebalance flow and the plug and play requests that are dispatched as part of the flow. Device Drivers must queue all IO requests during the resource rebalance operation.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2007 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0142 |
System.Server.Base.ServerRequiredComponents
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: Server system must include necessary devices and functionality
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2008 (x86)
-
Windows Server 2008 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Server systems must include the following devices or functionality;
|
Device or Functionality |
Requirement |
Comments |
|
IO Bus and Devices |
System.Server.Base.SystemPCIExpress |
PCI Express Root |
|
System.Fundamentals.SystemPCIController.PCIRequirements |
Various PCI Specification reqts |
|
|
System.Server.Base.PCI23 |
Various PCI Specification reqts |
|
|
System.Server.Base.HotPlugECN |
Hot Plug ECN #31 |
|
|
System.Server.Base.PCIAER |
PCI AER system requirement |
|
|
Device.Devfund.Server.PCIAER |
PCI AER device requirement |
|
|
Memory |
Policy TBD prior to RTM |
Maximum supported memory |
|
TBD by server performance team prior to RTM |
Minimum supported memory |
|
|
System.Server.Base.ECC |
ECC |
|
|
Processor |
System.Server.Virtualization.ProcessorVirtualizationAssist |
Hyper-V support |
|
TBD by server performance team prior to RTM |
Minimum supported processor speed |
|
|
Policy TBD prior to RTM |
Maximum supported processor count |
|
|
Storage |
System.Server.Base.DevicePCIExpress |
PCI Express |
|
System.Server.Base.NoPATA |
IDE, EIDE, ATAPI, Parallel ATA not allowed |
|
|
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.Boot.SystemWithBootDeviceGreaterThan |
No 2.2 TB Boot HD support for BIOS-based systems |
|
|
Network |
Device.Network.LAN.Base |
1GigE and minimum off-load requirement |
|
System.Server.Base.DevicePCIExpress |
PCI Express |
|
|
Install |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.FirmwareSupportsBootingFromDVDDevice |
El Torito |
|
Remote Boot |
System.Fundamentals.PXE.PXEBoot |
PXE or UEFI |
|
Recovery |
System.Server.Base.OSInstall |
For example: DVD, PXE |
|
Debug |
System.Fundamentals.DebugPort.SystemExposesDebugInterface |
For example: COM, USB, 1394 |
|
Remote & OOB Mngmt |
System.Server.Base.RemoteManagement |
For example: BMC, Service Processor adapter |
|
High Precision Timer |
System.Fundamentals.HAL.HPETRequired |
|
|
WHEA |
System.Server.WHEA.Core |
|
|
SMBIOS |
System.Fundamentals.SMBIOS.SMBIOSSpecification |
|
|
|
System.Server.SMBIOS.SMBIOS |
|
|
Video |
System.Server.Graphics.WDDM |
Use MS-provided driver, or provide either Display only or full WDDM driver |
|
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.MicrosoftBasicDisplayDriver |
Video minimums, 1024 x 768 x 32 bits per pixel, VESA timing and compliance |
|
|
RemoteFX |
System.Fundamentals.Firmware.SystemCanBootWithEitherGraphicsAdapter |
BIOS support for multiple adapters |
|
System.Fundamentals.Graphics.MultipleGPUOperatingMode |
Functionality of multiple GPUs requirement |
|
|
Marker file |
System.Fundamentals.MarkerFile.SystemIncludesMarkerFile |
Marker file for OCA |
|
Single container |
System.Client.PCContainer.PCAppearsAsSingleObject |
Computer appears as single object in Devices and Printers folder |
The following devices or functionality are not required for Server Systems
-
Bus Controllers & Ports
-
HD Audio
-
Cardbus & PCMCIA
-
IEEE 1394
-
Secure Digital
-
HD Audio
-
Connectivity
-
Bluetooth
-
Cardbus & PCMCIA
-
ExpressCard
-
IEEE 1394
-
Infrared
-
Parallel [sysfund-0221] & Serial
-
Wireless USB
-
Bluetooth
-
Network
-
ISDN
-
TCP Chimney NIC
-
ISDN
-
Display
-
Auxiliary Displays
-
Auxiliary Displays
-
Input
-
Smart Card Reader
-
Smart Card Reader
-
Streaming Media & Broadcast
-
Broadcast Receiver
-
Decoder
-
Encoder
-
Video Capture
-
Broadcast Receiver
-
TPM
-
TPM. If implemented, must meet requirements.
-
USB write for BitLocker Recovery
-
TPM. If implemented, must meet requirements.
-
Watchdog Timer (WDT)
-
Baseboard Management Controller (BMC)
-
Enhanced Power Management Additional Qualification
-
Dynamic Partitioning Additional Qualification,
-
Fault Tolerance Additional Qualification
-
High Availability Additional Qualification
-
Power Management concerning S3, S4 and S5 system states support
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2007 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0129 |
System.Server.Base.SystemPCIExpress
Target Feature: System.Server.Base
Title: Server system supports PCI Express natively
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Server systems are required to support a PCI Express root complex as a connection of the I/O system to the CPU and memory must comply with the requirements defined in the PCI Express 1.0a (or 1.1) Base Specification and PCI Local Bus Specification, Revision 2.3. If discrepancies exist, the PCI Express Base Specification takes precedence.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2008 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0115 |
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning
Description: This feature defines dynamic partitioning requirements of server systems. This feature is not required of all server systems.
Related Requirements
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.Application
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.ApplicationInterface
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.ConfigurationPersist
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.Core
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.ErrorEffect
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.Firmware
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.HotAddLocal
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.HotAddReplace
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.HotAddVisual
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.HotReplacePU
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.PartialHotAdd
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.SoftwareStatus
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.Subsystem
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.Application
Target Feature: System.Server.DynamicPartitioning
Title: Servers that support hardware partitioning must supply partition management software as a Windows application running on a Windows operating system.
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Servers that support hardware partitioning must provide partition manager software, which provides the user interface that administrators use to configure hardware partitions. This software must be offered as a Windows application running on a Windows operating system.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0102 |
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.ApplicationInterface
Target Feature: System.Server.DynamicPartitioning
Title: Servers that support hardware partitioning must supply partition management software that provides a GUI and a scripting capability for partition management
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Servers that support hardware partitioning must supply partition management software that includes support for a graphical user interface for manual partition management and a scripting capability for remote or automated partition management.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0105 |
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.ConfigurationPersist
Target Feature: System.Server.DynamicPartitioning
Title: Servers that support hardware partitioning must support persistence of hardware partition configuration information across a reboot and power cycle
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
The hardware partition configuration on a server that supports hardware partitioning must persist across a reboot, hibernate, resume, and power cycle of the partition or the server. This requirement assumes that no partition change was initiated while the partition was down.
|
Exceptions: Not Specified |
|
Business Justification:This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios:Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric:Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date:6/1/2006 |
|
Comments:SYSFUND-0098 |
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.Core
Target Feature: System.Server.DynamicPartitioning
Title: Systems that support Dynamic Hardware Partitioning must meet requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Systems must meet the requirements listed below and pass the Dynamic Hardware Partitioning test in the Windows Hardware Certification Kit in order to be listed in the Windows Server Catalog as supporting Dynamic Partitioning.
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.HotAddLocal
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.ErrorEffect
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.ConfigurationPersist
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.Subsystem
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.PartialHotAdd
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.HotReplacePU
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.Application
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.Firmware
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.ApplicationInterface
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.SoftwareStatus
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.HotAddReplace
-
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.HotAddVisual
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.ErrorEffect
Target Feature: System.Server.DynamicPartitioning
Title: Errors detected in a hardware partition on servers that support hardware partitioning cause no operating system-detectable effects on other partitions
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Hardware (which includes firmware) or software errors that occur within the boundary of a hardware partition on a server that supports hardware partitioning must not affect the operating system environment within other hardware partitions.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0097 |
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.Firmware
Target Feature: System.Server.DynamicPartitioning
Title: Servers that support hardware partitioning must provide server description and partitioning flows in firmware that comply with the Dynamic Hardware Partitioning Requirements Specification
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
System firmware on a server that supports hardware partitioning provides the ACPI server description, handshaking during partitioning events, and initialization of hardware that is to be added to a partition and must be provided in compliance with the Hot Replace Flow and Requirements and the Hot Add Flow and Requirements specifications.
For access to these specifications, send e-mail to DPFB@Microsoft.com.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0103 |
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.HotAddLocal
Target Feature: System.Server.DynamicPartitioning
Title: Hardware components on a server that supports hardware partitioning that are within a unit that is hot added to a partition cannot be accessible from other hardware partitions
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Processors, memory, and I/O components within any unit that is hot added to an existing hardware partition on a server that supports hardware partitioning must not be directly accessible by software running in any other hardware partition.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0096 |
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.HotAddReplace
Target Feature: System.Server.DynamicPartitioning
Title: Servers that support hardware partitioning must support hot addition of processors, memory, and I/O and hot replace of processor and memory subsystems
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Servers that support hardware partitioning must support hot addition and hot replacement of all operating system-supported component types. Hot-add PU-supported component types are processors, memory, and I/O. Hot replace- supported component types are processors and memory subsystems.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0107 |
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.HotAddVisual
Target Feature: System.Server.DynamicPartitioning
Title: Servers that support hardware partitioning must provide visual user indication of the status of hot-add events if no software-based notification is provided
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Servers that support one or more hot-add component features must provide a visual indication of the status of each hot-add event if no partition management software is provided
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0108 |
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.HotReplacePU
Target Feature: System.Server.DynamicPartitioning
Title: In servers that support dynamic partitioning, hot replacement PUs must have equal and compatible hardware resources to the PU being replaced
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
A processor or memory PU used as a replacement on a server that supports dynamic partitioning must have equal and compatible hardware resources to the PU being replaced; that is, the same processor type and stepping and the same memory configuration.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0101 |
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.PartialHotAdd
Target Feature: System.Server.DynamicPartitioning
Title: Partial success of a hot-add action on a server that supports dynamic partitioning does not affect the stability of the partition or server
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Components associated with a hot-add action on a server that supports dynamic partitioning that fails to start (a parked component) must not have a detrimental effect on other components in the PU, partition, or server.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0100 |
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.SoftwareStatus
Target Feature: System.Server.DynamicPartitioning
Title: Servers that support hardware partitioning must supply partition management software that provides the user with status for each hot-add or hot-replace event
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Servers that support hardware partitioning must supply partition management software. Status of a hot-add or hot-replace event is made available by the Windows operating system in the affected partition. The PM software must provide visual indication of this status to the PM administrator.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0106 |
System.Server.DynamicPartitioning.Subsystem
Target Feature: System.Server.DynamicPartitioning
Title: On servers that support dynamic partitioning, I/O subsystems are provided in a different partition unit to processors and memory subsystems
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
To enable success of the hot replace feature, I/O subsystems must be implemented in a different PU to processors and memory subsystems on servers that support dynamic partitioning.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0099 |
System.Server.FaultTolerant
Description: This feature defines fault tolerant requirements of server systems
Related Requirements
-
System.Server.FaultTolerant.Core
System.Server.FaultTolerant.Core
Target Feature: System.Server.FaultTolerant
Title: Systems supporting Fault Tolerant operations must meet requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Systems must meet the requirements listed below and pass the Fault Tolerance test in the Windows Hardware Certification Kit in order to be listed in the Windows Server Catalog as having Fault Tolerance.
A Fault Tolerant set [FT set] of systems is a grouping of systems that provide redundancy for every hardware component in a single system of the FT set and can mask any hardware failure such that network-connected clients are not impacted by the hardware failure, such as by loss of connectivity due to network timeout to the FT set due to the host name, domain name, MAC address or IP address, and the services or applications hosted on the FT set, becoming unavailable to those network connected clients. Additionally, an FT set appears to network-connected clients as one system with a single host name, domain name, MAC address or IP address, and unique instances of services or applications.
An FT set must include system clocks that operate in actual lockstep (there is only one clock domain for the FT set) or virtual lockstep (the clocks in the systems that comprise the FT set are synchronized at regular intervals of much less than one second). Operating in lockstep allows the FT set to always respond to exactly the same interrupts at exactly the same time, execute exactly the same instructions, and have exactly the same state at all times, thus providing the required redundancy.
An FT set is able to resynchronize (make identical, operating system images after a hardware failure in one system of the FT set is corrected) such that network-connected clients are not impacted by the resynchronization, such as by loss of connectivity due to network timeout to the FT set due to the host name, domain name, MAC address or IP address, and the services or applications hosted on the FT set, becoming unavailable to those network connected clients. The correction of the problem may be by replacement or repair of the failed hardware component, or if the hardware failure is transient, may be cleared by a system reset that forces the re-initialization of all the devices in the system that is part of the FT set.
FT systems may disable or not include devices which could cause asynchronous interrupts to occur such that one system in the FT redundant set had to respond to an interrupt to which the other system(s) of the FT set did not experience. Examples of such devices would be monitoring devices (for example: thermal or voltage devices), or external devices that would allow a user to inadvertently interrupt or access only one system in an FT set, such as a CD/DVD device, keyboard, or mouse.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
12/1/2007 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0190 |
System.Server.Firmware.UEFI.GOP
Description: This section describes requirements for systems implementing UEFI firmware.
Related Requirements
-
System.Server.Firmware.UEFI.GOP.Display
System.Server.Firmware.UEFI.GOP.Display
Target Feature: System.Server.Firmware.UEFI.GOP
Title: System firmware must support GOP and Windows display requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
If the system firmware supports UEFI, it may choose to additionally support the Graphics Output Protocol (GOP). If the Graphics Output Protocol (GOP) is supported is must be as defined in UEFI 2.3.1.
During this time when the firmware is in control, the following are the requirements:
Topology Selection
-
UEFI must reliably detect all the displays that are connected to the POST adapter. The Pre-OS screen can only be displayed on a display connected to the POST adapter.
-
In case multiple displays are detected, UEFI must display the Pre-OS screen based on the following logic
-
System with an Integrated display(Laptop, All In One, Tablet): UEFI must display the Pre-OS screen only on the integrated display
-
System without an Integrated display (integrated display is shut or desktop system): UEFI must display the Pre-OS screen on one display. UEFI must select the display by prioritizing the displays based on connector type. The prioritization is as follows: DisplayPort, HDMI, DVI, HD15, Component, S-Video. If there are multiple monitors connected using the same connector type, the firmware can select which one to use.
-
System with an Integrated display(Laptop, All In One, Tablet): UEFI must display the Pre-OS screen only on the integrated display
Mode Selection
-
Once UEFI has determined which display to enabled to display the Pre-OS screen, it must select the mode to apply based on the following logic
-
System with an Integrated display(Laptop, All In One, Tablet): The display must always be set to its native resolution and native timing
-
System without an Integrated display (desktop):
-
UEFI must attempt to set the native resolution and timing of the display by obtaining it from the EDID.
-
If that is not supported, UEFI must select an alternate mode that matches the same aspect ratio as the native resolution of the display.
-
At the minimum, UEFI must set a mode of 1024 x 768
-
If the display device does not provide an EDID, UEDI must set a mode of 1024 x 768
-
UEFI must attempt to set the native resolution and timing of the display by obtaining it from the EDID.
-
The firmware must always use a 32-bit linear frame buffer to display the Pre-OS screen
-
PixelsPerScanLine must be equal to the HorizontalResolution.
-
PixelFormat must be PixelBlueGreenRedReserved8BitPerColor. Note that a physical frame buffer is required; PixelBltOnly is not supported.
-
System with an Integrated display(Laptop, All In One, Tablet): The display must always be set to its native resolution and native timing
Mode Pruning
-
UEFI must prune the list of available modes in accordance with the requirements called out in EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL.QueryMode() (as specified in the UEFI specification version 2.1)
Providing the EDID
-
Once the UEFI has set a mode on the appropriate display (based on Topology Selection), UEFI must obtain the EDID of the display and pass it to Windows when Windows uses the EFI_EDID_DISCOVERED_PROTOCOL (as specified in the UEFI specification version 2.1 )to query for the EDID.
-
It is possible that some integrated panels might not have an EDID in the display panel itself. In this case, UEFI must manufacture the EDID. The EDID must accurately specify the native timing and the physical dimensions of the integrated panel
-
If the display is not integrated and does not have an EDID, then the UEFI does not need to manufacture an EDID
-
It is possible that some integrated panels might not have an EDID in the display panel itself. In this case, UEFI must manufacture the EDID. The EDID must accurately specify the native timing and the physical dimensions of the integrated panel
Exceptions: Not Specified
Business Justification: Modern boot experience requires a preboot environment which is both fast and visually appealing. The system UEFI controls the display before Windows takes over the control. This means that the screen controlled by the firmware is the first thing that the user sees. Therefore, it is very important that the user has a great user experience at this stage. Some of the key goals are:
-
Ensure that the screen is visible on exactly one display. Display on a single screen ensures that it is easy for the firmware to set a timing and that the UI is not scaled to fit multiple displays of different sizes and aspect ratios. It is easier for the firmware to display on one display instead of many.
-
The native resolution is important in a number of Windows scenarios:
-
Native resolution provides the sharpest and most clear text.
-
Booting the system in native resolution eliminates the need to change modes during the boot process. The frame buffer can be handed off between bios, boot loader, OS boot, and display driver. The result of this is that the display does not flash during boot and gives a more seamless boot experience.
-
Native resolution provides the sharpest and most clear text.
Providing the EDID to Windows is important so that Windows can determine the physical dimensions of the display. Windows automatically scales its UI to be large on high DPI displays so that the text is large enough for the user to see.
Scenarios:
-
Power up a laptop/portable device
-
In this case, the firmware determines the native resolution of the integrated display and display the pre-OS screen at the native resolution
-
In this case, the firmware determines the native resolution of the integrated display and display the pre-OS screen at the native resolution
-
Power up a desktop with multiple monitors connected
-
In this case, the firmware determines the best display to enable and then use the native resolution of the display
-
In this case, the firmware determines the best display to enable and then use the native resolution of the display
-
If the third-party WDDM driver is disabled, the Microsoft Basic Display Driver is used. This driver allows the user to use only the resolution that the system was in before the Microsoft Basic Display driver was run.
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
|
Comments: |
For client systems BIOS mode is only allowed for systems that ship with 32-bit Windows. This allows OEMs to maintain one firmware image for both 64-bit and 32-bit deployments. All systems must be UEFI mode capable and also pass 64-bit UEFI certification requirements. |
System.Server.Firmware.VBE
Description: The requirements in this section are enforced on any graphics device with firmware supporting VBE and driver is implementing display portion of the WDDM.
Related Requirements
-
System.Server.Firmware.VBE.Display
System.Server.Firmware.VBE.Display
Target Feature: System.Server.Firmware.VBE
Title: System firmware that supports VBE must comply with the Windows Display requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
If a system firmware supports VBE for display control then it must meet the following requirements:
The display is controlled by the video device firmware before the WDDM graphics driver takes over. During this time when the firmware is in control, the following are the requirements:
Topology Selection
-
Video device firmware must reliably detect all the displays that are connected to the POST adapter. The Pre-OS screen can only be displayed on a display connected to the POST adapter.
-
In case multiple displays are detected, video device firmware must display the Pre-OS screen based on the following logic:
-
System with an integrated display(Laptop, All In One, Tablet/Convertible):Video device firmware must display the Pre-OS screen only on the integrated display
-
System without an integrated display (integrated display is shut or desktop system): Video device firmware must display the Pre-OS screen on one display. The video device firmware must select the display by prioritizing the displays based on connector type. The prioritization is as follows: DisplayPort, HDMI, DVI, HD15, Component, S-Video. If there are multiple monitors connected using the same connector type, the firmware can select which one to use.
-
System with an integrated display(Laptop, All In One, Tablet/Convertible):Video device firmware must display the Pre-OS screen only on the integrated display
Mode Selection
-
Once video device firmware has determined which display to enabled to display the Pre-OS screen, it must select the mode to apply based on the following logic
-
System with an Integrated display(Laptop, All In One, Tablet/Convertible): The display must always be set to its native resolution and native timing
-
System without an Integrated display (desktop):
-
The video device firmware must attempt to set the native resolution and timing of the display by obtaining it from the EDID
-
If that is not supported, the video device firmware must select an alternate mode that matches the same aspect ratio as the native resolution of the display.
-
At the minimum, the video device firmware must set a mode of 1024 x 768
-
If the display device does not provide an EDID, UEDI must set a mode of 1024 x 768
-
The video device firmware must attempt to set the native resolution and timing of the display by obtaining it from the EDID
-
The video device firmware must always use a 32-bit linear frame buffer to display the Pre-OS screen
-
PixelsPerScanLine must be equal to the HorizontalResolution.
-
PixelFormat must be PixelBlueGreenRedReserved8BitPerColor. Note that a physical frame buffer is required; PixelBltOnly is not supported.
-
System with an Integrated display(Laptop, All In One, Tablet/Convertible): The display must always be set to its native resolution and native timing
Mode Pruning
-
The video device firmware must provide a list of modes to Windows when Windows uses the Function 01h ( Return VBE Mode Information) as specified in the VESA BIOS Extension Core Functions Standard Version 3.0
-
The video device firmware must prune the modes as appropriate. It should only enumerate the modes that are supported in the EDID of the display that is currently active. It is not required to support all the resolutions supported in the EDID
-
The video device firmware must support 800 x 600 and 1024 x 768
-
All modes must be progress at 60 Hz
Providing the EDID
-
Once the video device firmware has set a mode on the appropriate display (based on Topology Selection),video device firmware must obtain the EDID of the display and pass it to Windows when Windows uses command 15h (Display Data Channel) as specified in the VESA BIOS Extension Core Functions Standard Version 3.0
-
It is possible that some integrated panels might not have an EDID in the display panel itself. In this case, video device firmware must manufacture the EDID. The EDID must accurately specify the native timing and the physical dimensions of the integrated panel
-
If the display is not integrated and does not have an EDID, then the video device firmware does not need to manufacture an EDID
-
It is possible that some integrated panels might not have an EDID in the display panel itself. In this case, video device firmware must manufacture the EDID. The EDID must accurately specify the native timing and the physical dimensions of the integrated panel
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification |
The video device firmware controls the display before Windows takes over the control. This means that the screen controlled by the video device firmware is the first thing that the user sees. Therefore, it is very important that the user has a great user experience at this stage. Some of the key goals are: Ensure that the screen is visible on exactly one display. Display on a single screen ensures that it is easy for the firmware to set a timing and that the UI is not scaled to fit multiple displays of different sizes and aspect ratios. It is easier for the firmware to display on one display instead of many. The native resolution is important in a number of Windows scenarios: Native resolution provide the sharpest and most clear text. Booting the system in native resolution eliminates the need to change modes during the boot process. The frame buffer can be handed off between bios, boot loader, OS boot, and display driver. The result of this is that the display does not flash during boot and gives a more seamless boot experience. Providing the EDID to Windows is important so that Windows can determine the physical dimensions of the display. Windows automatically scales its UI to be large on high DPI displays so that the text is large enough for the user to see. |
|
Scenarios: |
Power up a laptop/portable device. In this case, the firmware determines the native resolution of the integrated display and display the pre-OS screen at the native resolution. Power up a desktop with multiple monitors connected. In this case, the firmware determines the best display to enable and then use the native resolution of the display Microsoft Basic Display driver is installed on POST device on a system with a BIOS. In case the third-party WDDM driver is disabled, the Microsoft Basic Display Driver is used. This driver allow the user to set only those resolutions that are enumerated by the video device firmware based on the mode pruning against the EDID of the display |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Windows 8 Release Preview |
System.Server.Graphics
Description: Base for Graphics on Server Systems
Related Requirements
-
System.Server.Graphics.WDDM
System.Server.Graphics.WDDM
Target Feature: System.Server.Graphics
Title: All Windows graphics drivers must be WDDM
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
The Windows Display Driver Model (WDDM) was introduced with Windows Vista as a replacement to the Windows XP Display Driver Model (XDDM). The WDDM architecture offers functionality to enable features such as desktop composition, enhanced fault Tolerance, video memory manager, scheduler, cross process sharing of D3D surfaces and so on. WDDM was specifically designed for modern graphics devices that are a minimum of Direct3D 10 Feature Level 9_3 with pixel shader 2.0 or better and have all the necessary hardware features to support the WDDM functionality of memory management, scheduling, and fault tolerance. WDDM for Windows Vista was referred to as "WDDM v1.0". WDDM 1.0 is required for Windows Vista.
Windows 7 made incremental changes to the driver model for supporting Windows 7 features and capabilities and is referred to as "WDDM v1.1" and is a strict superset of WDDM 1.0. WDDM v1.1 introduces support for D3D11, GDI hardware acceleration, Connecting and Configuring Displays, DXVA HD, and other features. WDDM 1.1 is required for Windows 7.
Windows 8 also introduces features and capabilities that require graphics driver changes. These incremental changes range from small changes such as smooth rotation, to large changes such as 3D stereo, and D3D11 video support. The WDDM driver model that provides these Windows 8 features is referred to as "WDDM v1.2" WDDM v1.2 is a superset of WDDM 1.1, and WDDM 1.0.
WDDM v1.2 is required by all systems shipped with Windows 8. WDDM 1.0 and WDDM 1.1 are only supported with legacy devices on legacy systems. The best experience and Windows 8 specific features are only enabled by a WDDM 1.2 driver. A WDDM driver that implements some WDDM 1.2 required features, but not all required features will fail to load on Windows 8.
For Windows 8, XDDM is officially retired and XDDM drivers no longer load on Windows 8 Client or Server.
Below is a summary these WDDM versions:
|
Operating System |
Driver Models Supported |
D3D versions supported |
Features enabled |
|
Windows Vista |
WDDM 1.0 XDDM on Server and limited UMPC |
D3D9, D3D10 |
Scheduling, Memory Management, Fault tolerance, D3D9 & 10 |
|
Windows Vista SP1 / Windows 7 client pack |
WDDM 1.05 XDDM on Server 2008 |
D3D9, D3D10, D3D10.1 |
+ BGRA support in D3D10, D3D 10.1 |
|
Windows 7 |
WDDM 1.1 XDDM on Server 2008 R2 |
D3D9, D3D10, D3D10.1, D3D11 |
GDI Hardware acceleration, Connecting and configuring Displays, DXVA HD, D3D11 |
|
Windows 8 |
WDDM 1.2 |
D3D9, D3D10, D3D10.1, D3D11, D3D11.1 |
Smooth rotation, 3D stereo, D3D11 video, GPU preemption, TDR improvements, diagnostic improvements, performance and memory usage optimizations, Power Management |
WDDM v1.2 also introduces new types of graphics drivers, targeting specific scenarios and is described below:
-
WDDM Full Graphics Driver: This is the full version of the WDDM graphics driver that supports hardware accelerated 2D & 3D operations. This driver is fully capable of handling all the render, display and video functions. WDDM 1.0 and WDDM 1.1 are full graphics drivers. All Windows 8 client systems must have a full graphics WDDM 1.2 device as the primary boot device.
-
WDDM Display Only Driver: This driver is only supported as a WDDM 1.2 driver and enables IHVs to write a WDDM based kernel mode driver that is capable of driving display only devices. The OS handles the 2D or 3D rendering using a software simulated GPU.
-
WDDM Render Only Driver: This driver is only supported as a WDDM 1.2 driver and enables IHVs to write a WDDM driver that supports only rendering functionality. Render only devices are not allowed as the primary graphics device on client systems.
Table below explains the scenario usage for the new driver types:
|
|
Client |
Server |
Client running in a Virtual Environment |
Server Virtual |
|
Full Graphics |
Required as post device |
Optional |
Optional |
Optional |
|
Display Only |
Not allowed |
Optional |
Optional |
Optional |
|
Render Only |
Optional as non-primary adapter |
Optional |
Optional |
Optional |
|
Headless |
Not allowed |
Optional |
N/A |
N/A |
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
See description |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
New; Sysfund-8096 |
System.Server.Graphics.XDDM
Description: Server Systems with a graphics device implementing a driver based on the XDDM
Related Requirements
-
System.Server.Graphics.XDDM.No3DSupport
System.Server.Graphics.XDDM.No3DSupport
Target Feature: System.Server.Graphics.XDDM
Title: Server system graphics solution is based on XDDM unless 3D acceleration is supported
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
A stand-alone server system must support the Windows XP display driver model (XDDM) at a minimum. If 3D acceleration is implemented, the driver must be based on the Windows display driver model (WDDM). For more details on how to implement a WDDM based driver, Please refer to the relevant WDK documentation.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
If 3D acceleration is supported the graphics driver must be based on WDDM to increase stability of the system. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
System.Server.PowerManageable
Description: This feature defines power manageable requirements of server systems
Related Requirements
-
System.Server.PowerManageable.ACPIPowerInterface
-
System.Server.PowerManageable.PerformanceStates
-
System.Server.PowerManageable.RemotePowerControl
System.Server.PowerManageable.ACPIPowerInterface
Target Feature: System.Server.PowerManageable
Title: Power manageable servers support the power metering and budgeting ACPI interface
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Server provides support for reading system level power consumption and reading and writing the system power budget for the server using the Power Supply, Metering, and Budgeting Interface in the ACPI 4.0 specification. The system power budget provides a supported range that the budget can be set to where the minimum budget value is lower than the maximum budget value. The power meter supports a range of averaging intervals such that the minimum averaging interval is one second or lower and the maximum averaging interval is five minutes or higher. To align with the specification, the sampling interval for the power meter must be equal to or less than the minimum averaging interval.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2009 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0207 |
System.Server.PowerManageable.PerformanceStates
Target Feature: System.Server.PowerManageable
Title: If processor(s) in a server system support performance states, the server provides mechanisms to makes these states available to Windows
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
If the processors on the server support performance states, the server provides firmware mechanisms to pass control of processor performance states to Windows. This mechanism must be enabled by default on the server.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2006 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0008 |
System.Server.PowerManageable.RemotePowerControl
Target Feature: System.Server.PowerManageable
Title: Power manageable server provides a standards based remote out-of-band interface to query and control the power of the system
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Power manageable server provides an out of band remote management interface from the server's Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) that is complaint with the IPMI, DCMI, or SMASH (via WS-MAN) 'Power State Management Profile' to query the power state, power on or off (soft off) the server remotely.
This is a requirement for the Power Manageable Additional Qualification for Windows Server.
More detail on the SMASH profile can be found on the Distributed Management task Force web site at http://www.dmtf.org/standards/published_documents/DSP1027.pdf.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0208 |
System.Server.RemoteFX
Description: This feature defines RemoteFX requirements of server systems
Related Requirements
-
System.Server.RemoteFX.RemoteFX
System.Server.RemoteFX.RemoteFX
Target Feature: System.Server.RemoteFX
Title: Server systems supporting RemoteFX must meet requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Servers must meet the following requirements:
-
CPU SLAT the CPU must support SLAT. This requirement assists in the performance in the RemoteFX virtualization scenarios.
-
GPU requirements must be WDDM 1.2 GPUs that support Direct3D11. These requirements apply to only the GPUs intended to support RemoteFX workloads.
-
Homogenous GPUs for RemoteFX- workloads the GPUs that are intended to run RemoteFX workloads must be the same GPU running the same hardware driver.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports the RemoteFX OS feature. |
|
Scenarios: |
Not Specified |
|
Success Metric: |
Not Specified |
|
Enforcement Date: |
Not Specified |
|
Comments: |
Sysfund-0228 |
System.Server.SMBIOS
Description: This feature defines SMBIOS requirements of server systems
Related Requirements
-
System.Server.SMBIOS.SMBIOS
System.Server.SMBIOS.SMBIOS
Target Feature: System.Server.SMBIOS
Title: System firmware must fully and accurately implement SMBIOS structures of type 16 and of type 17
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
System firmware must fully and accurately implement SMBIOS structures of type 16 (description of physical memory arrays) and of type 17 (description of memory devices), as permitted by the SMBIOS specification. Implementation of other SMBIOS memory description structures - Types 19, 20 and 37 - are optional.
A JEDEC compliant DRAM DIMM supports Serial Presence Detect (SPD). Through this mechanism and defined standards, the module can be identified in terms of its manufacturer, serial number and other useful information. The JEDEC standards require specific data to reside in the lower 128 bytes of an EEPROM located on the memory module. Programming of this EEPROM is normally done by vendors of DRAM DIMMs at their origin of manufacture, and can optionally be redone afterward to meet their OEM's specifications or retailer's requirements for branding purposes while going through distribution channels.
The system firmware (BIOS or UEFI) probes and extracts this information from the DIMM via its SMBus interface. The system firmware uses this information to configure the memory controller. System firmware that supports SMBIOS V2.4 or later, conveys the above DIMM specific information to the operating systems and running applications via a series of SMBIOS structures ("tables") for memory descriptions. These SMBIOS structures also describe the system memory topology, geometry and characteristics. Those are briefly described here for reference purposes and can be found in the current SMBIOS V2.5 Specification (September 5, 2006):
-
Physical Memory Array (Type 16) containing information on Location, Use and Error Correction Types; pages 51-52.
-
Memory Array Mapped Address (Type 19) containing address mapping for a Physical Memory Array (one structure is present for each contiguous address range described); page 56.
-
Memory Device (Type 17) containing information on Form Factor, Type and Type Detail; pages 52-54
-
Memory Device Mapped Address (Type 20) containing address mapping to a device-level granularity (one structure is present for each contiguous address range described); page 56.
-
Memory Channel (Type 37) containing correlation between a Memory Channel and its associated Memory Devices (each device presents one or more loads to the channel); page 68. This support in the system firmware:
-
Allows the customers to manage their server memory components as deployed IT assets, and to maintain a comprehensive understanding of their investment of these assets in terms of RAS abilities and cost of ownership.
-
Allows server and data center management solutions to exploit this information in their diagnostic tools and methods for better RAS abilities.
-
Enables certain classes of ISV products (for example: RAM disk) to exploit this information for better performance and functionalities on Windows platforms.
-
Allows the customers to manage their server memory components as deployed IT assets, and to maintain a comprehensive understanding of their investment of these assets in terms of RAS abilities and cost of ownership.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2009 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0210 |
System.Server.SVVP
Description: This feature defines requirements for the SVVP program
Related Requirements
-
System.Server.SVVP.SVVP
System.Server.SVVP.SVVP
Target Feature: System.Server.SVVP
Title: Products participating in the Server Virtualization Validation Program must meet requirements
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
-
Windows Server 2012
Description
Server platforms participating in the Server Virtualization Validation Program must meet the requirements called out here: http://www.windowsservercatalog.com/svvp.aspx.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
Virtualization is a key element of Windows Server. |
|
Scenarios: |
Server virtualization |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
1/1/2011 |
|
Comments: |
SVVP is not a certification program. This requirement is called out to facilitate inclusion in the HCK. |
System.Server.SystemStress
Description: This feature defines system stress requirements of server systems
Related Requirements
-
System.Server.SystemStress.ServerStress
System.Server.SystemStress.ServerStress
Target Feature: System.Server.SystemStress
Title: Server system must function correctly under stress
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Server system must operate correctly under long-haul, non-deterministic, high stress conditions. The hardware and software components of the Server system must not cause data corruption, hangs, leaks, memory resource fragmentation, crashes, or have impacts on other components of the system. Server systems must be able to reliably shutdown and restart while under stress to prevent unnecessary and unplanned downtime.
This requirement is tested using stress tools that emulate loads that may be placed upon a Windows Server system
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement is critical for server RAS, which is critical for the Windows Server platform. |
|
Scenarios: |
Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
This requirement is tested using stress tools that emulate loads that may be placed upon a Windows Server system. |
|
Enforcement Date: |
1/1/2011 |
|
Comments: |
Not Specified |
System.Server.Virtualization
Description: This feature defines virtualization requirements of server systems
Related Requirements
-
System.Server.Virtualization.ProcessorVirtualizationAssist
System.Server.Virtualization.ProcessorVirtualizationAssist
Target Feature: System.Server.Virtualization
Title: Processors in the server support virtualization hardware assists
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
All processors in the server must support one of the following processor virtualization hardware assist technologies:
-
Intel VT technology
-
AMD-V technology
Details on specific requirements for each of these technologies are available in the Windows Server 2008 Virtualization Requirements document.
For access to the Windows Server 2008 Virtualization Requirements document, send e-mail to lhvrtreq@microsoft.com.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2007 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0140 |
System.Server.WHEA
Description: This feature defines WHEA requirements of server systems
Related Requirements
-
System.Server.WHEA.Core
System.Server.WHEA.Core
Target Feature: System.Server.WHEA
Title: Server enables reporting of system hardware errors to the operating system
Applicable OS Versions
-
Windows Server 2012
-
Windows Server 2008 R2 (x64)
Description
Servers are required to provide mechanisms to enable reporting or communication of corrected and uncorrected system hardware errors that are available on the server to the operating system. The platform may perform thresholding of corrected errors.
The minimal set of error sources are:
-
IA64 Machine Check Exception, Corrected Machine Check, Corrected Platform Error, INIT, PCI Express AER
-
X86-64 Machine Check Exception, Corrected Machine Check, Non Maskable Interrupt, PCI Express AER, BOOT errors.
An interface must be provided on the server to facilitate persistence of error records. The interface must preserve the error records across a server reboot and power cycle. At a minimum, the platform must provide enough storage space for one uncorrectable error record. Options to implement this interface are described in the WHEA Platform Design Guide.
Windows Server provides an OSC mechanism to indicate the presence of WHEA in the OS. The server must honor these mechanisms and enable WHEA flows when the OSC is detected. Optional mechanisms are provided to enable the firmware to process error events from specified error sources before handing control off to WHEA and to communicate this behavior to the OS. This helps avoid conflicts on software handling of hardware error events. These mechanisms are described in the WHEA Platform Design Guide.
Servers must support WHEA-defined interfaces for software insertion of a subset of hardware error conditions into the platform to enable WHEA validation. The injection mechanism must support the injection of one fatal uncorrected and one corrected error; each injectable error is injected using one of the error sources on the platform, and using the signaling mechanism specified for that error source. Options to provide this interface are described in the WHEA Platform Design Guide.
|
Exceptions: |
Not Specified |
|
Business Justification: |
This requirement supports Windows Server RAS, which is a key tenet of Windows Server platforms. |
|
Scenarios: |
Windows Server RAS |
|
Success Metric: |
Pass/Fail |
|
Enforcement Date: |
6/1/2009 |
|
Comments: |
SYSFUND-0014 |
